GCB's WWE

[GCB]

MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from Manchester, England

RAW begins with a clip from last night’s No Mercy pay-per-view WWE Championship match between Randy Orton and Sheamus ...

... both men are down on the mat now. Who will get up first? It’s Orton who gets to his knees and sets himself for another RKO! Surely this time it will win him the match ... Randy Orton leaps and goes for his finishing move ... Sheamus swats him aside and hits the Brogue Kick again instead! Sheamus drags a prone Orton up and lifts him again for the High Cross when all of a sudden ...

[YOUTUBE]XRk_yH4nT4c[/YOUTUBE]

MICHAEL COLE
Wait a minute!

MATT STRIKER
Oh my goodness, it’s Triple H! The Game is back!

MICHAEL COLE
And no doubt he is back for Sheamus!

Triple H rushes out dressed in jeans and a Triple H shirt and Sheamus looks at him in despair with Orton sliding off his back. Sheamus stares out at Triple H who reaches the ring and stops, staring at Sheamus with a wild look in his eyes ... Hunter raises his hand and points behind Sheamus who turns around ... RKO! Orton hits the RKO perfectly! Goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Randy Orton is still the WWE Champion!

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner and still the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

As Orton is handed the WWE Title and has his arm raised by the referee, Triple H slides into the ring and stands over Sheamus looking down on him. Orton looks across at Hunter and his face is unreadable as he walks slowly towards the Game and Sheamus. Triple H points down at Sheamus and says something to Orton who nods his head and leaves the ring leaving Triple H with Sheamus in the ring. Orton pauses though and then walks to the announcers table where he picks up the sledgehammer ... he slides it under the ropes and across the ring to Triple H with a knowing look in his eye. As Orton leaves, Triple H picks up the hammer and sets himself as Sheamus begins to get to his feet ... WHAM! Triple H launches the hammer head into the stomach of Sheamus and leaves him down on the mat in agony. Triple H then lifts up Sheamus and sets up for the Pedigree ... which he delivers to leave Sheamus a broken down mess in the centre of the ring. Triple H stands over the body of Sheamus and stares up the ramp to Orton who is stood on the stage with the WWE Title held high.​

[YOUTUBE]BsBmeN5rm_w[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

MICHAEL COLE
Hello, everybody, welcome to Monday Night Raw, one night on from an exciting No Mercy where we witnessed the return of the Cerebral Assassin, the Game, Triple H!

JOSH MATTHEWS
And we also witnessed a shocking attack on your broadcast colleague, didn’t we, Michael Cole?

MICHAEL COLE
Ladies and Gentlemen, my broadcast colleague tonight is Josh Matthews due to injuries suffered by Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler last night at the hands of the Miz. And, Josh, Lawler got what he deserved for interfering in the business of the greatest superstar on Raw, the future WWE Champion, the awesome Miz.

JOSH MATTHEWS
All I know is that tonight I won’t be disagreeing with you, Michael, as I don’t want to end up in the same situation as the King!

[YOUTUBE]XRk_yH4nT4c[/YOUTUBE]

The crowd inside the Manchester Evening News Arena explode at the sound of the Game’s music and the lights dip with flashing green lights flooding the arena. Into a spotlight on the stage steps the figure of Triple H, the 13-time World Champion, dressed in his street gear and carrying a sledgehammer. He makes his way to the ring, steps inside and stands on the middle rope in the corner posing as thousands of flashlights snap away in the crowd. Triple H takes a microphone and stands centre of the ring as the lights come up and the WWE Universe give a massive cheer and ovation to him ... Eventually, they quieten down and allow Triple H to begin.

TRIPLE H
Do you remember me? I am ... THE GAME!

The crowd roar and cheer for the returning Triple H who stands and surveys the crowd with a grin on his face. A ‘Triple H’ chant starts and Hunter waits for a moment before continuing ...

TRIPLE H
Last night at the No Mercy pay-per-view, I returned to interfere in the WWE Championship match. I helped Randy Orton to retain the title and I showed that I am here for one man and one man only ... Sheamus.

The word Sheamus is greeted with a tirade of boos and jeers from the WWE Universe and Triple H shakes his head.

TRIPLE H
Don’t get me wrong. Sheamus is a fine competitor, I was very impressed with his first year. And at WrestleMania last year, I told him that he needed to beat me to show he belonged in the big time. We had a great match but he couldn’t beat me, I was too damn good!

The crowd cheer and Hunter pauses for a moment to take in the crowd’s reaction.

TRIPLE H
On that same night, my good friend Shawn Michaels ...

More cheers from the crowd as HBK’s name is mentioned causing Triple H to pause again ...

TRIPLE H
... Shawn Michaels lost to the Undertaker and retired from the WWE. The following night, battered and bruised, I wanted to go out and tell everybody how much Shawn meant to me.

Triple H lowers the microphone and looks up at the titantron ...

[YOUTUBE]Re_uV8ggwUs[/YOUTUBE]

The crowd boo as the clip ends and Triple H stands in the ring with an intense look on his face. He looks around before resuming his speech ...

TRIPLE H
Hey, I’m not saint. I’ve done my share of attacking people from behind in my time, I’ve done my share of despicable acts. But whenever I have done, I’ve always faced up to it and – sometimes – I’ve ended up paying for my troubles. Sheamus ... you attacked me from behind with a steel pipe. Your attack cost me eight months of my career. Be a man, Sheamus, come and face me right now ...

Triple H flings the microphone down and waits ... and waits ... and waits ... then the e-mail alert sound bleeps and the lights flash and Hunter turns to face Michael Cole, a look of disgust on his face.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have just received an email from the anonymous Raw General Manager ... And I quote. “Triple H. Welcome back to Monday Night Raw. It’s good to see you back in the ring again. I understand fully why you want to see Sheamus this evening. However, he is not here tonight. Sheamus was injured last night at No Mercy and has not been cleared by the doctors to wrestle this evening.”

The crowd boo as Triple H picks the microphone back up and stands looking towards Michael Cole ... Just as Triple H is ready to speak, Michael Cole interrupts him.

MICHAEL COLE
I haven’t finished yet. There is more. And I quote. “Seeing as you are back here on Monday Night Raw, I think that it only fair that you have a match tonight. I know that you are ready to compete. So tonight, it will be Triple H ... against Mr. Money In The Bank, The Miz!”

TRIPLE H
That’s fine, Mr. GM, that’s fine. I can cope with a match against the Miz tonight. But remember one thing, Mr. General Manager. I’m married to one of the McMahons and I know a lot of things. And I know who you are! Don’t give me any reason to ... let your name slip.

The crowd cheer as Triple H’s music sounds out again and Hunter leaves the ring to prepare for his match later tonight against the Miz.

JOSH MATTHEWS
A huge announcement from the RAW General Manager – The Miz goes one on one with Triple H later tonight.

MICHAEL COLE
What did Triple H mean there at the end? He knows who the General Manager is?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Of course, that’s what he said. I hope he lets the world know tonight!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with an advertisement for the upcoming pay-per-view, Cyber Sunday.

CYBER SUNDAY
3 WEEKS
Your chance to vote and shape the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome back to Monday Night Raw where we just found out that tonight, Triple H will go one on one with The Miz, the future of the WWE! What a match that promises to be, Josh!

JOSH MATTHEWS
Why’s that? Because it involves the Miz?

Cole ignores Matthews and the music of R-Truth begins to a roar from the crowd who join in enthusiastically with the song as Truth raps it.

[YOUTUBE]nfVfYjHXGoM[/YOUTUBE]

Truth dances his way to the ring before charming the crowd with his usual words about Manchester, England. The arena quietens before ...

[YOUTUBE]QP3-JFQBsgk[/YOUTUBE]

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Already in the ring, from Atlanta, Georgia ... R-TRUTH! ... And his opponent, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada, he is the ‘Rated R Su-perstar’ ... EDGE!

Edge enters the ring and removes his shirt, looking determined and ready for action after his problems with the Raw General Manager in recent weeks.

MICHAEL COLE
Last night at No Mercy, Edge came out and demanded a match on the pay-per-view. However, one more time, the General Manager refused Edge’s request and belittled the 9-time champion in front of the WWE Universe.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Edge needs to show the WWE Universe that he deserves to wrestle at pay-per-views and in title matches. You don’t get them by whining and moaning all the time.

EDGE vs. R-TRUTH
Truth and Edge lock up and have an even opening few minutes where both men get their usual, signature moves in. Truth looks to have the edge when he dodges Edge’s attempt at a spear and helps the Rated R Superstar into the turnbuckle head first. Edge looks to be struggling when Truth lifts him up and hits him with a powerslam before Truth celebrates with a little jig in the middle of the ring. R-Truth waits for Edge to get to his feet before hitting the ropes and hitting a flying forearm with a twist – the Lie Detector – before standing waiting for his finishing move. Edge slowly gets to his feet whilst R-Truth waits to hit the Corkscrew Scissors Kick ... as he goes for it, Edge manages to avoid the move and steps back as Truth gets back to his feet ... SPEAR! Edge with the spear, hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Edge wins!

WINNER (5:12): EDGE

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... EDGE!

As his music plays and R-Truth leaves the ring, Edge heads out and takes a microphone, casting an evil glance over at the General Manager’s laptop. He gets in the ring and signals for his music to be faded off.

EDGE
In the last few weeks, me and the Raw General Manager have not really seen eye to eye. I’ve said some things that I maybe shouldn’t have, the General Manager has put me in some matches that he maybe shouldn’t have ... I think it’s time that we agreed to stop all this nonsense.

The crowd jeer Edge as he is looking for an easy route out of the problems he has caused himself ...

EDGE
Let’s face it ... Triple H already knows who the General Manager is. It’s only a matter of time before the whole world knows. The General Manager might as well just come out and announce who he is right now.

The email alert sounds and Michael Cole gets up to read the email.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Or who she is, Edge.”

The crowd look puzzled and Edge looks annoyed again.

EDGE
Isn’t it time that you stopped playing all these games, General Manager? Why don’t you just come out and say who you are. Tell the world. It’s going to become public knowledge sooner or later.

Silence for a moment, then the email sounds again.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Edge, you’re right. It is almost time to reveal myself. After all, Triple H knows who I am. It’s time to reveal myself ... at Cyber Sunday. However, I’ve had enough of you recently. Questioning my decisions, trying to tell me what to do. I can tell you one thing, Edge, I am NOT Vickie Guerrero! You cannot convince me to help you in your career! You will be competing at Cyber Sunday ... but I haven’t decided how or where or why yet. I’ll let you know. In the meantime, I am banning you from discussions about who I am here on Monday Night Raw – no backstage interviews, no in-ring promos. We’ve heard enough Edge and you will not waste all our time no more. And if you wanna’ break my rules, go ahead ... I’ll fire your ass without any hesitation.”

Edge looks annoyed again and slowly backs out of the ring and away shaking his head. As he leaves, the audience near the aisle tell him what they think of him.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Whoever the new General Manager is, he – or she – is not going to take no rubbish from Edge!

MICHAEL COLE
What an interesting email that was. Edge banned from talking about the General Manager until after his match at Cyber Sunday – whoever it is he is facing there.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Let’s hope that whoever the General Manager is, he – or she – comes up with a great opponent that Edge can face at Cyber Sunday in three weeks!

[YOUTUBE]RdLJtaKL-r0[/YOUTUBE]

JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Los Angeles, California ... MELINA!

Melina struts down whilst the paparazzi click away with their cameras. The former Divas Champion looks melancholy as she gets into the ring before posing for the crowd.

MICHAEL COLE
Last night, Melina was just not able to win the Divas Titles from Laycool after she went for a pinfall on Layla when she was not the legal woman in the match. However, she proved that she could beat Laycool and that she deserves another shot at the title.

JOSH MATTHEWS
I agree completely, Michael Cole. Melina deserves to be the Divas Champion but she just couldn’t get the right 3-count in the end.

[YOUTUBE]KhWrrqDGvIk[/YOUTUBE]

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And her opponent ... from Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida ... ALICIA FOXXXX!

Alicia Fox comes out shaking her ass side to side, shaking her tail as her song is called. She gets to the ring and points at Melina and clearly is showing her that she should be the number one contender for the Divas Title, not Melina.

ALICIA FOX vs. MELINA
In a good Divas match, the advantage swings one way, then the other as the two Divas battle to take control of the match. Alicia Fox manages to hit her unique scissors kick to Melina with her long legs but Melina rolls out of the ring to safety to the frustration of her opponent. Once Melina returns to the ring, she gains control with her Matrix moves and hits the ‘Primal Scream’ before pinning Fox with the split legged pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER (2:27): MELINA

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... MELINA!

Melina takes a microphone and stands in the ring ...

MELINA
Hey ... Hey, Laycool. Where are you? I’ve got a message for you.

[YOUTUBE]ee3WeQkRhXc[/YOUTUBE]

Out come the self proclaimed co-Divas Champions dressed to kill and looking confused as they get close to the ring. They make a crying taunt to Melina who smiles and ignores them before speaking again as the champions get into the ring.

MELINA
Last night, at No Mercy, I had you both down and beaten for a 3-count. Unfortunately, I got the wrong person at the right time and the right person at the wrong time. I proved that I can beat either one of you and I think I have a right to another shot at the Divas Title.

MICHELLE McCOOL
Oh, you do, do you? Let me tell you what I think, Lay, I think that Melina is kidding herself. We are the Divas Champions because we won the titles, we defend the titles, we have never been beaten for these titles. And you wanna know why that is, Melina?

LAYCOOL
We’re flawless!

LAYLA
Oh, look at her, ‘Chelle, she looks upset again. Are you going to cry, Melina? Like you did when we beat you and took the title from you?

MICHELLE McCOOL
She is, you know. Wa-wa-wa-wah!

LAYLA
Melina, you are so lame ... you think that you can ...

Melina has heard enough and attacks Layla with her microphone. She drags Layla down to the mat with her hair and begins bashing her head up and down before McCool manages to drag Melina away and Laycool begin their beatdown on Melina. Michelle holds Melina as Layla slaps her in the face over and over and over before the Bella Twins come racing down to the ring and break the attack up. Melina and the Bellas stand together in the ring while Laycool escape and head back up to the stage.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with Todd Grisham stood backstage holding a microphone.

TODD GRISHAM
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time ... John Morrison!

The crowd in the arena cheer as Morrison comes into view with a smile on his face and his custom made shades covering his eyes.

JOHN MORRISON
How you doing, Todd?

TODD GRISHAM
I’m great, thanks. John, last night at No Mercy, Chris Jericho was caught on camera wearing steel knucks after your match ...

Stills of Jericho by the side of the ring, punching Morrison, the pinfall and Jericho trying to hide the knucks afterwards are shown before the camera returns to Grisham and Morrison.

TODD GRISHAM
... Jericho managed to pin you and ensure that his retirement was cancelled. What are your thoughts about this?

JOHN MORRISON
I understand that here in the WWE, some competitors will do whatever it takes to win a match. Desperate men really do desperate things. In all my years of watching or participating in the WWE, I can’t remember Chris Jericho, the best in the world at what he does, resorting to the use of the brass knucks. But that was a desperate act ... I can only assume that Chris Jericho is a desperate man, Todd.

TODD GRISHAM
I understand that you made contact with the Anonymous RAW General Manager earlier today?

JOHN MORRISON
I sure did, Todd, and he told me that tonight, it will be a re-match ... John Morrison, one on one, against Chris Jericho. I’m not interested in retiring Jericho no more though, I’m interested in embarrassing him.

TODD GRISHAM
Thanks for your time, John.

The camera returns to the ring where Justin Roberts is stood waiting patiently.

[YOUTUBE]7TB2wGN1WcA[/YOUTUBE]

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, weighing 223 pounds from Los Angeles, California ... JOHN MORRISON!

The crowd cheer for Morrison as he heads out in slow motion (on camera) and the pyrotechnics explode behind him as he makes his way off the stage. He passes his sunglasses to a fan at ringside before heading into the ring and posing at the turnbuckle.

MICHAEL COLE
Last night, John Morrison was so close to defeating – and retiring – Chris Jericho, Josh, but the wily veteran pulled out all the stops to deny him.

JOSH MATTHEWS
You mean he cheated?

MICHAEL COLE
Well, yeah, if you like ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
I know one thing, Michael, Jericho was beaten, Jericho was about to be retired when he resorted to the brass knucks. Jericho is a lucky man to still be here tonight on RAW.

MICHAEL COLE
Tonight is not about Jericho’s retirement, it’s about redemption for John Morrison. Will Jericho be able to stop him again?

JOSH MATTHEWS
I have a feeling that tonight is the night for John Morrison!

[YOUTUBE]NN-iTguR2cc[/YOUTUBE]

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing his opponent, from Winnipeg, Manatoba, Canada, weighing 227 pounds ... CHRIS JERICHO!

Jericho comes slowly down to the ring with a smirk on his face, tapping his forehead with his finger. He enters the ring and points at Morrison before again tapping his head. The implication is clear. The match official goes over to Jericho and insists on checking Jericho out for the brass knucks much to Jericho’s dismay. As the official checks Jericho’s boots, he stops and pulls out a set of brass knucks before reprimanding the superstar. Morrison grins at Jericho who is clearly annoyed with the official’s discovery.

CHRIS JERICHO vs. JOHN MORRISON
The match starts technical and slow as Jericho seeks to contain Morrison’s high flying, fast paced style. Every time Morrison speeds the match up, Jericho counters and slows the match down on the mat again to the frustration of Morrison and the crowd. Several times, Jericho taps his head again to signal his cleverness. Jericho is in control of the match and he wrestles Morrison down to the mat over and over again before hitting the Lionsault and going for the pin. He gets a 2-count but argues with the referee allowing Morrison time to recover. As Jericho switches his attention back to Jo-Mo, the younger star hits a ‘Chuck Kick’ that staggers Jericho back and allows Morrison to start his offence. Morrison eventually has Jericho down near the corner and goes for Starship Pain, twisting around and down ... but Jericho has rolled out of the ring and Morrison crashes onto the mat. As the referee checks on Morrison, Jericho crouches by the side of the steel steps and the crowd near him begin to protest ... the camera man shows that Jericho has a second set of brass knucks but the referee and Morrison don’t realise this. Jericho stuffs the knucks into his tights and regains control before hitting the Codebreaker to Morrison. It looks as if Jericho doesn’t need the knucks as he pins Morrison ... 1 ... 2 ... Morrison kicks out to the frustration of Jericho. Jericho stands back and begins to allow Morrison time to get to his feet. With Morrison just about up, Jericho pretends to bump into the referee and knocks him into the ropes before he swings with the right hand, the knucks on his hand, aiming for Morrison’s face ... however, Morrison ducks and aims more kicks to Jericho’s head before connecting at the second attempt at Starship Pain. He goes for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Huge win for John Morrison!

WINNER (7:59): JOHN MORRISON

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... JOHN MORRISON!

Morrison poses in the ring whilst a disbelieving Jericho goes mad in the corner of the ring. The referee has spotted the brass knucks again and is reprimanding Jericho but the veteran has something in mind now. He rushes at Morrison again to hit him with the knucks ... but Morrison ducks again and clotheslines Jericho up over the rope and out of the ring. He then stands in the ring tapping his head as Jericho staggers back up the ramp, holding his head and muttering madly at Morrison.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with footage of Jericho storming out of the arena and yelling at any WWE official he lays his eyes on. He is complaining that he has been wronged and does not deserve this before he gets into a waiting car, still in his ring gear, and speeds off into the night. The camera returns to Michael Cole and Josh Matthews at the announce table.

MICHAEL COLE
Our former World Champion seems a little bit upset at the moment, Josh!

JOSH MATTHEWS
How long has it been since Jericho won a match legitimately, Michael? Maybe he knows better than us? Desperate men might do desperate things but they get angry easily too ...

[YOUTUBE]BQq2Mo5TKpM[/YOUTUBE]

The crowd erupt at the sound of the music of John Cena as the purple and yellow clad superstar bounces out onto the stage area. He salutes at the top of the ramp before charging down to the ring where he slides in and acknowledges his fans, the Cenation, before taking a microphone.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... JOHN CENA!

Cena holds his hand up for a hush but a ‘Cena!’ chant fills the arena whilst he waits with a smile on his face.

JOHN CENA
Allright guys, thank you ... In three weeks time, the WWE’s next pay-per-view will arrive and will be the Cyber Sunday event. Now, if you’ve not heard of this before, Cyber Sunday is where the WWE Universe, you guys at home, you guys here in Manchester ...

The Manchester crowd pops at the sound of their cities name before Cena continues ...

JOHN CENA
... where the WWE Universe gets to decide what happens, they call the shots, they make the decisions. Last night at No Mercy ...

Cena’s face turns serious ...

JOHN CENA
... Nexus beat me and became the number one contender for the WWE Championship. Nexus. Not Wade Barrett, not one man, a whole group, Nexus. At the start of the match, I had to put up with the Nexus group interfering, beating down on me, every minute. And I came through that. Nexus was kicked out of the arena and I had to face Wade Barrett, battered and shaken, Wade Barrett. And I had him beat ... but then another Nexus member arrived on the scene ... Michael Tarver. He hit me in the throat with a steel chair. I don’t make excuses, I admit when I’ve been beaten by a better man but I had to face not one, not two, not three, not four, not five but six, count ‘em, six men last night.

The crowd boo and Cena shakes his head in anger.

JOHN CENA
Wade, what do you expect me to do? You’re taking shortcut after shortcut after shortcut, always at my expense ... Nobody respects you for this, nobody thinks you deserve to be the number one contender for the WWE Championship ... but you are.

The crowd boo again and Cena pauses, collecting himself ...

JOHN CENA
Nexus, I have to say that I kind of see what you’re doing here. I can see what you are trying to do and it might just work. But I am going to do everything I can to make sure it doesn’t. In three weeks time at Cyber Sunday, it will be Wade Barrett, and his Nexus men no doubt, against the WWE Champion, Randy Orton. I won’t let you be the WWE Champion this way, Wade, not this way.

Another ‘Cena!’ chant starts and the former WWE Champion nods to the WWE Universe in appreciation.

JOHN CENA
So, we have two options as far as I can tell. Either I can be in Randy Orton’s corner and I can make sure that you don’t win the title, Wade ... or you can admit that you were wrong, you can gain some respect, you can tell the world that you should not be number one contender ... and we can have a Triple Threat match for the WWE Title at Cyber Sunday.

The crowd cheer and Cena nods to them, getting worked up now ...

JOHN CENA
But it is Cyber Sunday, the night where the WWE Universe decide ... What do you think, Manchester? Triple Threat? Randy Orton, Wade Barrett and John Cena at Cyber Sunday?

The crowd cheer and shout again and Cena motions to the stage for Nexus to come out and accept the plan he has suggested. However, the email alert sounds again and the lights flicker as Michael Cole gets to his feet at the GM Stand.

MICHAEL COLE
Excuse me, John, I have an email from the General Manager. And I quote ... “John ... You make a valid point. You were not beaten fairly last night in your match with Wade Barrett at No Mercy. But you were beaten. As it stands, Wade Barrett is the number one contender ...”

The crowd boo the General Manager as Cena stands disbelieving in the ring ...

MICHAEL COLE
“However, John, you make a good point. It is Cyber Sunday in three weeks time. Randy Orton will defend the WWE title against Wade Barrett ... and maybe you. You see, John, I want you to earn your place in the title match. I’m going to give you that chance tonight. Tonight, we will have a potential Cyber Sunday match as our main event. It will be WWE Champion, Randy Orton ... against Nexus leader, Wade Barrett ... against John Cena ... in a Triple Threat match. And John ... if you win the match, I’ll add you to the Cyber Sunday title match as well.”

The crowd cheer and Cena celebrates the announcement by throwing his hat into the crowd and his shirt follows as well. The camera heads backstage where Triple H is getting ready for action ...

MICHAEL COLE
There he is, King, the ‘Cerebral Assassin,’ the ‘King of Kings,’ the ‘Game,’ Triple H. He is ready for his return to the WWE ring ... he faces the future of the WWE, Mr. Money In The Bank, The Miz, next ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********​

 

[GCB]

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Greenwich, Connecticut ...

The crowd in Manchester roar in anticipation as the introduction is completed.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Weighing 255 pounds ... He is ‘The Game’ ... TRIPLE H!

[YOUTUBE]XRk_yH4nT4c[/YOUTUBE]

Triple H completes his long overdue return to the WWE with his famous ring entrance, spotlights, water, bottles and flashing lights galore. He bows to the WWE Universe in the corner of the ring before straightening up ready to face his opponent ...

???
Really?

The crowd boo at the sound of the voice and out steps the Miz from the entrance with Alex Riley accompanying him holding the Miz’ Money In The Bank briefcase.

THE MIZ
Really? Really?!

MICHAEL COLE
This guy cracks me up!

THE MIZ
Triple H. The Game. Woopy-doo-doo! All hail the King of Kings!

The crowd jeer Miz and cheer the Game as Triple H stares at the advancing Miz as he nears the ring ...

THE MIZ
In all seriousness, Hunter ... What are you doing back here in the WWE? Your time has past, old man. You ... are ... finished. You were the King of Kings, you were the Cerebral Assassin, you were the Game, you were the most feared WWE superstar of all time. You WERE all those things, Hunter ... But now, well, there is a new star on the show. Last night, he handed a beating to one WWE Hall of Famer ... He is the future of the WWE and he is not scared ... of you. Because he’s the Miz ... and he’s AWWWWEEEEEESSSSSSSSSOOOOMMMMMMMMEEEEE!!!!

[YOUTUBE]61p3plYBe7w[/YOUTUBE]

The Miz and Alex Riley enter the ring and Miz whispers in the ear of his apprentice as he prepares for the match ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ...from Cleveland, Ohio, weighing 231 pounds ... THE MIZZZZZZ!

THE MIZ vs. TRIPLE H
The match begins with the two men circling each other and Alex Riley threatening to get involved causing a distraction to Triple H. Eventually, he is distracted enough for Miz to attack and begin beating him down at the ropes. The Miz forces Hunter down to the mat before turning to celebrate and allowing Hunter back up. As Miz turns back round, Triple H hits a clothesline to the delight of the fans and takes control of the match. With a ‘Triple H’ chant echoing around the arena, Triple H begins to work on the Miz hitting his best offense, each signature move receiving a pop from the crowd who haven’t seen them for eight months. A high lift knee sends Miz spinning around and out of the ring where he is consoled by Alex Riley ... Triple H follows and attacks Riley for good measure before turning back to the Miz who has recovered a little and gets a kick to the gut allowing him time to ram Hunter head first into the barricades to jeers from the crowd. Miz returns to the ring and the referee tries to keep Miz there ... allowing Alex Riley to work on Triple H out of the ring behind the referee’s back. Eventually, the Miz allows the referee to begin a count-out of Triple H as Riley backs away. With the referee at 7, Triple H gets to his feet and rolls back into the ring. Miz begins to work on Triple H before he goes for the Skull-Crushing Finale ... Triple H fights out once but Alex Riley hits him in the back with the briefcase when the referee isn’t looking to stop Hunter’s momentum. Miz goes for the SCF again and this time hits it. He goes for the pin ... and Triple H escapes at the count of 2. Suddenly, the crowd erupt and the camera pans to show that Daniel Bryan and Jerry Lawler are heading to the ring ... Miz is distracted and mouths off at the two before turning round ... Triple H is waiting with a stiff kick followed by a perfect Pedigree. 1 ... 2 ... 3! Triple H wins on his return to the WWE!

WINNER (6:46): TRIPLE H

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... TRIPLE H!

Daniel Bryan stays in the aisle and jeers the Miz as he staggers past while Triple H celebrates in the ring. However, Jerry Lawler walks determinedly around the ring towards Michael Cole ... Cole springs up and rushes away from Lawler into the ring where he orders the King to calm down. However, Lawler has already stopped and is laughing. Cole turns to face Triple H who grabs hold of him and holds him as Lawler gets into the ring. Jerry pulls down the strap and walks over to Michael Cole, pulls back and prepares to smash Cole in the face ... when all of a sudden, Alex Riley rushes Lawler to the ground and Cole rushes out of the ring to the Miz on the stage. Triple H drags Alex Riley up from Jerry Lawler and looks up at the Miz as he prepares ... and hits the Pedigree to the Miz’ assistant.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Pedigree to Alex Riley! The Game has well and truly returned to the WWE tonight!

Jerry Lawler and Triple H stand together in the centre of the ring as Alex Riley lies on the mat at their feet. Daniel Bryan joins them in the ring and the three of them look out to the Miz on the stage who looks majorly fed up before disappearing to the back.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Michael Cole is back at the announce table and looks very upset about his treatment from Jerry Lawler tonight. Josh Matthews is sat beside him with a look of amusement on his face ...

MICHAEL COLE
I don’t know who King thinks he is ... I don’t deserve this treatment, Josh, I’m the voice of the WWE and I deserve respect from Lawler.

The email alert sounds and the lights flicker ... Michael Cole gets back up irritably and heads for the laptop one more time.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ...

Cole’s face seems to drain of colour as he looks at the laptop, a look of terror on his face. He throws the microphone down and sits back at the announce table shaking his head. Josh Matthews decides to get up and go and read the email to the cheers of some of the WWE Universe ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
For Michael Cole, I quote ... “Michael Cole ... Jerry Lawler ... It’s time to end this feud. I cannot have my two announcers unable to sit together. So next week, bring your wrestling boots. It will be a six man tag match ... The Miz, Alex Riley and ... Michael Cole ... against Triple H ...

Loud cheers for the announcement of Triple H possibly getting his hands on Michael Cole!

JOSH MATTHEWS
... Daniel Bryan and ... Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler!

Loud cheers from the crowd for the announcement as Cole slumps further down in his chair, clearly dreading the fact that he may come face to face with his announce colleague, the man he has insulted over and over since NXT Season 1 and the former thirteen time World Champion ...

The camera heads backstage leaving Cole scratching his head in fear and shows Wade Barrett stood with the rest of the Nexus group ...

WADE BARRETT
For weeks, we have been telling the world ... “You’re either Nexus – or you’re against us.” We’ve told the WWE Universe and the WWE locker room that the “winds of change are blowing through the WWE.” And now ... now, I, Wade Barrett, am the number one contender for the WWE Championship. Tonight, there will be no interference from Nexus ... there will be no shortcuts as Cena calls them ... it will simply be Wade Barrett beating John Cena and Randy Orton.

The Nexus members nod their heads in agreement as Wade turns to face them all ...

WADE BARRETT
I thank you all for your efforts in establishing Nexus as the dominant force in the WWE but tonight I have to ask one more thing ... stay out of this match tonight. Tonight, I am wrestling in Manchester, my home town. It’s time for Wade Barrett to make believers out of the WWE Universe. Tonight, I go into the match – on my own – and I win the match – on my own – and I ensure that John Cena will not get a chance at winning the WWE Championship at Cyber Sunday.

The Nexus group nod their heads again and slap Barrett’s back as he focuses for the match ... However, somebody walks in off camera and catches the attention of the group.

WADE BARRETT
I’ve been wondering when you would show up ...

The camera pans around and Michael Tarver comes into shot. He is wearing a Nexus t-shirt despite being kicked out a couple of weeks ago.

WADE BARRETT
What do you want, Tarver?

MICHAEL TARVER
I proved my worth to you last night, Wade. I hit John Cena in the throat with a steel chair, it was me that cost him the victory ...

WADE BARRETT
Are you telling me that without your help, I wouldn’t have won the match?

Tarver shakes his head and mutters something about not meaning it that way ... Barrett walks over to the former NXT star and prods a finger into his chest.

WADE BARRETT
Listen to me, Tarver. I am in charge of the Nexus and what I say goes. The Nexus does not need you. I didn’t ask you to get involved in my match with Cena last night, I didn’t need your help. I would have beaten John Cena without you. Now get yourself out of here before the Nexus shows you what happens to those that are against us ...

Tarver glares at Barrett for a moment and then, as the other members of Nexus take a step forward, he turns away and leaves with Barrett left with a smirk on his face ... The camera returns to the ring.

[YOUTUBE]0NwEsyaR4_g[/YOUTUBE]

The crowd erupt as Orton walks out with the WWE Title still in his right hand and he raises it high above his head. He then confidently struts towards the ring with the title over his shoulder.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first ... weighing 245 pounds, from St. Louis, Missouri ... he is the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

Orton gets to the ring and poses with the title in the corner of the ring whilst thousands of camera flashlights go off in the background ... the arena lights then turn yellow though as the music changes ...

[YOUTUBE]XW2FhoagLPQ[/YOUTUBE]

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ... accompanied to the ring by Nexus ... from Manchester, England, weighing 265 pounds ... WADE BARRETT!

Out comes Wade Barrett, alone and without any member of Nexus in sight, wearing the now familiar Nexus t-shirt. There are many cheers from his home town members of the WWE Universe but he seems oblivious to them. He walks to the ring with his eyes fixed on Randy Orton and the WWE Championship. As he enters the ring, Barrett points at the belt and then to himself and he and Orton have to be held apart by the referee as they try to square up ...

[YOUTUBE]BQq2Mo5TKpM[/YOUTUBE]

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And finally, from West Newbury, Massachusetts, weighting 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

Cena comes out for the second time tonight, salutes at the top of the ramp and bounces into the ring where he throws his hat and t-shirt into the ring before he takes in the two opponents that he is facing. Orton raise the WWE Title high above his head and Cena nods at Orton whilst clearly mouthing that he is ready to challenge for the title again.

MICHAEL COLE
Remember, if Cena wins this match, the Cyber Sunday title match will involve him as well as Orton and Barrett. However, if he doesn’t win, it will be a one on one match between the champion and the Nexus leader instead.

JOSH MATTHEWS
A lot at stake here for John Cena but also for Orton and Barrett as well. You have to think that neither of them want the added presence of John Cena in their title match, particularly Randy Orton who would lose his championship advantage in a Triple Threat match.

JOHN CENA vs. RANDY ORTON vs. WADE BARRETT
The three competitors look at each other in a triangle shape in the ring ... Barrett is talking big to both Cena and Orton and the two decide that they have had enough and join together in pummelling the Nexus man. They back off and allow Barrett to stagger up before they double clothesline him over the top rope and out of the ring before turning their attentions on each other with the WWE Universe split as they chant ‘Orton!’ or ‘Cena!’ ... The two lock up and Cena gets the advantage, whipping Orton into the corner. However, as Cena rushes in after him, Orton explodes with a clothesline and Cena crashes down to the delight of the Orton fans. Orton and Cena continue to work with each other for a minute before turning their attentions back to Wade Barrett as he attempts to re-enter the ring. Whilst on the ring apron, the two more experienced stars grab Barrett and drag him through the ropes. Orton unloads on Barrett who staggers towards Cena who also smashes him hard in the face. Barrett stumbles between Orton and Cena for a while before stumbling to the floor and rolling out of the ring again ... as Orton watches him exit the ring, Cena launches himself on Orton again and the brief team are split apart again. With Orton dazed, Cena hits the ropes before hitting a bulldog to Orton and taking the champion down. With Orton down, Cena looks around to a half split of jeers and cheers and looks down on Orton to tell him ‘You can’t see me!’ before dropping the Five Knuckle Shuffle to Orton’s face. Cena sets himself as Orton begins to get back to his feet but from behind, Barrett – back in the ring – hits a high knee into Cena’s back that sends Cena head first into the corner where he hits his shoulder on the ring post. Barrett grabs Cena and launches him into the post, shoulder first, a second time before shoving him aggressively out of the ring.

As Barrett turns to focus on Orton though, the WWE Champion is recovered and is waiting. He stares straight into Barrett’s eyes and the number one contender double takes giving Orton the opportunity to catch him out. Orton scoops Barrett up and powerslams him to the mat before beginning his trademark stomps to the exposed limbs of Wade Barrett, focusing on the joints. Barrett has his knees, ankles, elbows and wrists stomped by the Viper who takes his time – maybe unwisely with Cena recovering – before going for the pinfall. 1 ... 2 ... Barrett kicks out and rolls away as Cena re-enters the ring. Orton catches him coming through the ropes though and grabs Cena in a reverse headlock with Cena’s feet balanced precariously on the middle ropes ...

MICHAEL COLE
Here we go, this is vintage Randy Orton here!

JOSH MATTHEWS
Cena in a lot of trouble here!

Orton drops and Cena’s head smashes into the mat before Orton goes for the cover. 1 ... 2 ... Cena kicks out. Orton locks in a wrenching chinlock and increases the pressure on Cena with each twist ... but there is no way that Cena will tap out to this. Barrett slides back into the ring on the offside of Orton and creeps up behind the champ before kicking him hard in the back of the head. Orton releases Cena and turns around to face Barrett who hits him hard with several European uppercuts that rock the champion and allow Barrett to hit the ropes and deliver a high boot to the side of Orton’s head. With the champ down, Barrett picks up Cena and sets up for his Wastelands finishing move but Cena fights out and kicks Barrett in the gut before hitting a belly to belly suplex that leaves all three men down on the mat. The referee begins to count all three men out but Cena is up at the count of five and goes to work on Barrett, lifting him up before hitting a drop kick and sending the contender down. However, Orton is now also up and he catches Cena unaware with his newest move, the Olympic Slam that was made famous by some other wrestler that used to be in WWE and had gold medals ... Orton goes for the pin on Cena ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Cena! Orton gets to his feet and begins to set up for an RKO to Cena ... pounding the mat, he waits but then Barrett re-appears and goes for a kick to Orton’s gut while he is down. Orton rolls away and then pounces with an RKO to Wade Barrett! He goes for the pin on Barrett ... 1 ... 2 ... Cena breaks up the pinfall and Orton and Cena stand staring at each other. Orton furiously goes to work on Cena again and pummels him into the corner but Cena counters and suddenly hits the shoulder block to Orton. Another running shoulder block follows and Cena is on a roll. He goes to the top rope and hits the leg drop to Orton as he slowly gets to his feet ... Orton is face down on the mat, Cena with the pin, hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Orton kicks out!

Cena stands back waiting for Orton to get to his feet ... he lifts Orton up into the Attitude Adjustment as the crowd rise to their feet. Orton fights out with well placed elbows though and suddenly he hits Cena with an RKO! Orton looks to go for the cover but suddenly Nexus appear running down to the ring to distract Orton ... however, before they can reach the ring, Barrett blocks their path outside the ring and orders them to stay out of the match. Orton goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Barrett breaks it up by dragging Orton out of the ring by his feet. The two go at it on the outside now and Orton gets the better of his opponent when he scoop slams Barrett on the floor outside the ring. Randy returns to the ring where Cena is just starting to recover and get to his feet after the earlier RKO ... Randy Orton sets once more, thumping the ring apron, slithering around on the mat, waiting to pounce ... Cena wobbles to his feet and Orton attacks but Cena manages to counter and pushes Orton away. As Orton stumbles round, Cena lifts him up to his shoulder and delivers a perfect Attitude Adjustment to the WWE Champion! He goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No! The WWE Champion has kicked out! Cena is in shock but rolls Orton over and goes for the STF submission instead. Orton tries to fight out of it but is struggling when Barrett suddenly leaps into the ring again and drags Cena off Orton.

Barrett drags Cena out of the ring and runs him shoulder first into the steel steps where Cena clutches his shoulder that he hurt earlier in the match. Barrett returns to the ring with Cena down and lifts a beleaguered Orton to his feet and sets up for Wastelands ... this time, Orton cannot escape and Barrett slams his prone body down on the mat. Barrett goes for the cover, hooks the leg of the champion ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wade Barrett has pinned the WWE Champion!

WINNER (13:42): WADE BARRETT

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... WADE BARRETT!

MICHAEL COLE
Oh my word! Wade Barrett has pinned Randy Orton here tonight and has won the match ... that means that there will be no John Cena in the Cyber Sunday WWE Title match!

JOSH MATTHEWS
And what a message Barrett has just sent to the champion, Cole! Even without his Nexus buddies, Barrett has just cleanly pinned the champion! That is going to play on Orton’s mind in the coming weeks as we head towards Cyber Sunday!

Randy Orton sits up in the ring, staring at Wade Barrett who is now in the aisle with the rest of the members of Nexus ... Barrett is grinning wide and is pointing to Orton and telling him “I beat you!” to make the point to Orton. The champion shakes his head and turns around where he comes face to face with John Cena. The two of them stare at each other and seem to size each other up before Cena walks past Orton and leaves the ring. RAW ends with a shot of the jubilant Nexus group and their leader Wade Barrett on the stage.

MICHAEL COLE
A huge victory for Wade Barrett – what will Orton and Cena’s reaction to that be next week? Goodnight everybody!

********** END OF SHOW **********​

 

[GCB]

LATEST NEWS

The new management at WWE have recently taken stock of the roster available to the RAW and SMACKDOWN brands and have spent the last weeks debating the futures of several superstars. The board have decided that the following superstars’ contracts will not be renewed and as a result these wrestlers have been released from the WWE.

GOLDUST
YOSHI TATSU
PRIMO
TAMINA
CHRIS MASTERS
FINLAY
HORNSWOGGLE
TRENT BARRETA
CAYLEN CROFT
ROSA MENDES
TIFFANY

We wish them well in their future endeavours.​

 

[GCB]

FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
PREVIEW

UNDERTAKER TO RETURN TO FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!

General Manager Teddy Long has confirmed that The Undertaker will make his return tonight on Smackdown. After the World Champion Kane felt the presence of the Deadman at No Mercy, what will be the first order of business for the Phenom? Will Kofi Kingston have anything he wants to say after many speculated that he would be the new World Champion if not for the Undertaker? We will find out tonight!

INTERCONTINENTAL TITLE CONTENDERS TO START TO BE DECIDED TONIGHT!

With Cyber Sunday on the horizon, General Manager Teddy Long has some decisions to make as he determines the final choices for the WWE Universe to vote on. The General Manager has confirmed that there will be a match tonight to begin to determine the new Number 1 contender for the title currently held by Dolph Ziggler ...

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP ON THE LINE!

It has also been confirmed that Dolph Ziggler will tonight defend the Intercontinental Championship against Luke Gallows. Two weeks ago, Gallows challenged the Intercontinental Championship but was denied a chance of victory by his former SES leader, CM Punk. Can Luke Gallows win his first title in the WWE tonight and prove to CM Punk that he doesn’t need the SES or it’s leader?

Join us on Friday Night Smackdown!

CONFIRMED

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
Dolph Ziggler vs. Luke Gallows

Jack Swagger vs. Big Show

MVP vs. Kane​

 

[GCB]

FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from Manchester, England

[YOUTUBE]RQPvWEWTpbU[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

Smackdown is live on the air with Todd Grisham and Matt Striker at the announce table as the camera pans around the arena showing the WWE Universe in Manchester on their feet ready for the action!

TODD GRISHAM
Welcome to Friday Night Smackdown with Todd Grisham and Matt Striker at ringside. We’re one week removed from the No Mercy pay-per-view where Kane managed to retain his World Heavyweight Championship, Matt.

MATT STRIKER
That’s right, Todd, but only just. Kane’s challenger, Kofi Kingston, looked to be on his way to defeating Kane when the lights went out and the Deadman, the Phenom of the WWE, the Undertaker’s presence was felt in the arena. This allowed Kane to win the match but something tells me that Kofi Kingston will not be too impressed ...

TODD GRISHAM
Kingston was within seconds of winning his first big title here in the WWE – I’m guessing that we will see a fired up Kofi Kingston here tonight.

A hush falls over the arena before ...

*** SLOW CHEMICAL ***

TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, weighing 323 pounds ... he is the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane walks out to the ring with a nervous, almost frightened, look on his face. He looks around frantically as he makes his way up the steel ring steps with the World Title strapped around his waist ... He stands central in the ring and lifts his arms to set off the pyro in the corner of the ring ... but nothing happens. The crowd cheer as Kane looks all around him ...

TODD GRISHAM
Someone appears to be a little nervous, Matt Striker?

MATT STRIKER
Who can blame him? He knows that the Undertaker is here tonight, he knows that he is coming for him. If it was me, I’m not sure I’d even be out here for the match!

*** I’M COMIN’ ***

TONY CHIMEL
And his opponent ... from Miami, Florida, weighing 259 pounds ... Montel Vontavious Porter ... M.V.P!

TODD GRISHAM
A massive opportunity for MVP here, Matt. A win tonight over the World Champion could catapult MVP into the title picture couldn’t it?

MATT STRIKER
It definitely could, MVP has to get on a roll and make people take notice of him again. He’s become the forgotten man of the WWE recently and a win tonight would be huge for the Ballin’ superstar!

MVP gets into the ring and sets off with his usual ring performance of tossing the basketball towards the hoop when suddenly Kane rushes him and smashes him in the side of the head and begins to pummel him in the corner. The official tries to pull Kane away but he can’t and in the end he begins to give Kane a count of five to release MVP or forfeit the match. Kane eventually backs away and the official checks on MVP ...

TODD GRISHAM
Will MVP be able to compete? We’ll find out in a moment!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns and a groggy MVP is stood up and is ready for action against the Big Red Monster, the World Champion, Kane who now looks a little happier after his pre-match attack on his opponent.

TODD GRISHAM
Welcome back to Smackdown, the match between MVP and Kane is all set to go.

KANE vs. MVP

Kane starts off like a possessed demon as he looks to take advantage of MVP’s fragile state. MVP covers up and backs away as Kane launches right hand after right hand and the referee again utilises his 5-count to stop Kane. Now laughing out loud, Kane catches MVP as he tries to rush at him and twirls him into a backbreaker across his knee that gets a large gasp from the WWE Universe. Kane drags MVP up and whips him into the ropes before following in with a vicious clothesline in the corner and a wobbly MVP staggers away. Kane hits the ropes and delivers a high boot to the face that sends MVP through the ropes to the outside. Kane goes after MVP and hits choke thrusts as MVP leans back against the ring post ... Then, Kane gets an evil look in his eyes with MVP down and he begins to move the top part of the steel steps. With the bottom steps still in place and exposed, he waits for MVP to get to his feet, arm stretched out looking for a choke slam onto the steel steps. Kane grasps MVP by the throat and prepares for the choke slam when suddenly, the arena lights flicker and go out, followed by the sound that Kane dreads ... the Undertaker’s gong. The crowd go wild as the lights stay out for a few seconds ... then they return and Kane is stood outside the ring still but MVP has escaped somehow and is sat against the turnbuckle in the corner of the ring.

TODD GRISHAM
That can only mean one thing, Matt ... The Undertaker is here on Friday Night Smackdown!

MATT STRIKER
How else do you explain the escape by MVP? When the lights went out, MVP was out on his feet and Kane was about to crush him!

Kane looks around nervously again and slides under the bottom rope to continue the match. Now MVP has an opportunity to catch Kane and he hits the baseball slide that sends Kane back out of the ring and into the barricade. Kane tries once more, this time climbing to the apron and stepping over the top rope, but MVP again rushes him and sends him down to the floor with a thud. The crowd are getting behind MVP now and Kane is forced to drag MVP out by the legs to stop his momentum. As the two fight on the outside, Kane backs away and into the ring. As MVP follows, Kane hits a dropkick low to the side of MVP’s head and takes control again. He lifts MVP up for a second time, ready for the chokeslam again ... this time, he gets it right and MVP crashes down on the mat. Kane covers MVP ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Kane (5:54)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... KANE!

Kane’s music sounds out around the arena and he raises his hands and brings them down to start the red fire burning in the corner of the ring. This time, they light at once and Kane laughs his maniacal laugh as MVP is helped out of the arena. The camera heads backstage where Josh Matthews is waiting with the Laycool ladies either side of him.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guests at this time ... Laycool!

LAYLA
You forgot to call us the ‘Divas Champions’ Josh ...

MICHELLE McCOOL
... Show us some respect, Josh, after all we are flawless!

JOSH MATTHEWS
Apologies, ladies. On Monday night, Melina challenged you to another match for the Divas Title. Are you planning to face Melina again soon?

LAYLA
Err ... Should we be?

MICHELLE McCOOL
Err, no Lay, we shouldn’t. Melina has had her chance, she is not worthy of another match against Laycool for the Divas Championship. She’ll only lose and cry her eyes out, again, if we accept her challenge.

LAYLA
That’s right, ‘Chelle. Melina, you need to forget all about Laycool and concentrate on ... on ... well, concentrate on finding yourself an identical twin!

JOSH MATTHEWS
An identical twin? Are you talking about the Bellas now?

MICHELLE McCOOL
The Bellas! Those two freaks of nature? I don’t know why they thought that they could get involved in our business on Monday Night ... they’re anything but Divas Championship material!

LAYLA
It’s a real shame for them ... Fancy having an identical twin that is ugly?!!

MICHELLE McCOOL
Ouch! Unlucky! We’ve got news for the Bella Freaks though ... You don’t get involved in Laycool’s business. We’ll be coming to Monday Night Raw next week and we’ll be coming after you.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Thanks for your time, ladies, back to you guys at ringside.

The camera returns to the ring where the ring is clear and Tony Chimel is waiting to introduce the next match of the night.

*** GET ON YOUR KNEES ***

TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Perry, Oklahoma, weighing 263 pounds ... he is the All American American ... JACK SWAGGER!

Swagger comes out with a cocky arrogant strut as usual before performing his trademark press ups in the aisle. He jumps up and heads into the ring where he talks smack to the crowd who are giving him grief at ringside until his opponent heads out ...

*** CRANK IT UP ***

TONY CHIMEL
And his opponent, standing at 7 feet tall, weighing 485 pounds ... the BIG SHOW!

Big Show comes out smiling and waving to the WWE Universe as he heads to the ring to face Swagger. The happy-go-lucky Big Show doesn’t impress Swagger though who stands in the ring shaking his head at the Giant who gives him a wave as he steps over the top rope and into the ring.

BIG SHOW vs. JACK SWAGGER

The match starts with Swagger hitting and running as he tries to catch Big Show out early. The Giant keeps swatting Swagger away but begins to get annoyed when Swagger catches him with a slap to the face and he begins to stalk Swagger with his cool lost. Swagger takes advantage and goads Show into a big swing that allows him to duck and use a drop-toe hold to take Big Show down into the ropes. Big Show gets to his feet but Swagger is on him, forearm smashing him in the back and forcing Big Show down onto the rope again and again. Swagger stands on Big Show’s back and chokes him on the middle rope, pulling on the top rope for leverage, until the referee administers a 5-count and Swagger is forced to break. He mouths off at the official before hitting the opposite rope and jumping onto the Big Show again with his leg across the back. Big Show collapse down from the rope to the mat breathing hard and Swagger taunts the crowd in complete control. He begins to stomp on the back of Big Show’s calf, setting up for an Ankle Lock but Big Show manages to shove Swagger away onto his rear to break the stomps. Swagger goes straight back to the Big Show but this time he has a second or two to recover and he grabs Swagger’s singlet and forces him back into the corner. Swagger looks petrified but manages to hit another kick to the right knee of Big Show which forces Show to let the All American loose. Swagger jumps up onto the middle rope and drops an axe-handle onto Show’s ample back.

MATT STRIKER
Brilliant thinking from Jack Swagger, he is one step in front of the Big Show here tonight.

TODD GRISHAM
We all know that all it takes is one right hand though for Show to turn the match around! We’l see if he can after this break.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Swagger kicks the back of Big Show’s knee as he tries to force the Giant back down to the mat and he succeeds as Show falls in stages. Swagger looks around in triumph and he steps around Show and moves quickly to the opposite corner. He runs and jumps over Show, onto the middle rope before splashing the Big Show from the middle rope ... Big Show is down and Swagger goes for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Big Show powers out and Swagger looks frustrated. The All American gets to his feet again and waits for Show to start to get up before hitting a low dropkick to the injured knee and now Show is holding that knee from the intense hammering it has taken. Swagger hits a knee lift to Big Show who is on his knees and takes the Giant down to the mat again. Swagger looks around before deciding the time has come ... he grabs the Big Show’s right leg and attempts to apply the Ankle Lock submission hold.

Big Show is too close to the ropes though and the official forces Swagger to break the hold which he does at the count of 4. Swagger gets to his feet, looking cocky as the referee tells him off and then shoves past the referee as he looks to hit the recovering Big Show once more. However, Show is ready for him and hits three right hands to the mid section of Swagger before pushing him violently into the corner of the ring. Show lifts him up and stands in front of Swagger in the corner before using his large backside to ram Swagger into the corner, not once, not twice but three times. The crowd cheer Show and he smiles wide before lifting Swagger again. Big Show locks in the Bear Hug and Swagger looks desperate as he fights to escape but cannot ... With Swagger beginning to wilt, the referee asks him if he wants to give up but Swagger grabs the referee by the shirt instead and pulls him aggressively into the Big Show who releases the hold surprised. With the referee and Swagger groggy, Big Show checks on the referee before Swagger hits a low blow to Big Show that sends him to his knees and down to the mat ... Swagger grins and locks the ankle lock in again, this time forcing the Big Show to tap out ... but the referee misses it as he is still down on the mat recovering. Swagger releases the hold and goes to fetch the referee before going back to the Ankle Lock again. However, Big Show manages to kick Swagger hard with his spare foot this time and sends Swagger down. Show gets to his feet at the same time as Swagger and delivers a perfect right hand to the face of Jack Swagger that sends the crowd wild. He covers the prone Swagger ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Big Show (8:32)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... BIG SHOW!

TODD GRISHAM
What an effort from Jack Swagger, Matt, but in the end it was another victory for the Big Show!

MATT STRIKER
Ladies and Gentlemen, whatever you think about Jack Swagger and his actions, you cannot dispute the effort he put into that match there. He had Big Show beaten, there is no denying that. But the Giant found a way to fight out of trouble and hit that big, right hand to save himself!

TODD GRISHAM
Wait a minute, look who is here on the stage ... It’s CM Punk!

Punk appears on the stage and sarcastically applauds the Big Show who looks at him with a look of dis-trust ... However, Punk stays on the stage and makes no move to the ring. As Big Show begins to walk up the aisle, Punk stands his ground ... and suddenly, Swagger smashes into Show from behind. He locks in the Ankle Lock again and this time refuses to let go despite the numerous officials that pour out from the locker room. Swagger wrenches the ankle over and over and over and the Big Show taps on the floor in agony ... Eventually, Swagger lets go to a cauldron of jeers from the WWE Universe before he exits leaving the Big Show on the floor ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with footage of the Big Show being helped out of the arena after his match and post-match beating at the hands of the All American American, Jack Swagger. Big Show limps out with the help of several officials whilst looking very angry indeed.

TODD GRISHAM
I would not like to be in Jack Swagger’s shoes right now!

MATT STRIKER
The All American American may have made a very big mistake tonight ... but he wants to be respected by men like the Big Show as he fights for a chance to challenge for the World Heavyweight Championship. I sure as hell respect what Jack Swagger did tonight. There aren’t many men in the world that could have reduced Big Show to a wreck like Swagger just did ...

The camera shows Tony Chimel and a referee in the ring waiting ...

TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is set for one fall and is for the WWE Intercontinental Championship!

???
Excuse me!

The crowd boo and jeer immediately as Vickie Guerrero appears on the stage holding a microphone. She looks around in disgust at the boos before screaming ...

VICKIE GUERRERO
I said, Excuse me!

The crowd begin to chant ‘Vickie sucks!’ as she waits for some hush that never comes ... Eventually she gives up and carries on.

VICKIE GUERRERO
Ladies and Gentlemen, let me introduce to you, my boyfriend and the Intercontinental Champion ... DOLPH ZIGGLER!

*** I AM PERFECTION ***

The Intercontinental Champion strides out looking incredibly confident of success in his title defence tonight and takes Vickie by the hand and leads her to the ring. As he walks, he motions to himself and the title belt around his waist before sliding into the ring and taunting the crowd from the middle rope.

*** MASSACRE ***

TONY CHIMEL
Introducing the challenger ... weighing 292 pounds, from Chicago, Illinois ... LUKE GALLOWS!

The crowd cheer for Gallows as he walks determinedly to the ring for his first shot at the Intercontinental Championship. He steps over the rope and removes his jacket before turning to face Ziggler who looks at him in disgust before handing the title over to the referee who rings the bell to begin the match.

TODD GRISHAM
Can Luke really win the Intercontinental Title here with Vickie at ringside?

MATT STRIKER
Let’s face it, Vickie will do her best to protect her man but that doesn’t mean that Luke Gallows has no chance, Todd. He’s got to ignore Vickie’s distractions and concentrate on making sure he wins the title inside the ring.

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion DOLPH ZIGGLER vs. LUKE GALLOWS

Ziggler walks over to Gallows in the centre of the ring and berates him for having the audacity to challenge him for the title in the first place. Gallows keeps his cool for a moment before snapping and slapping Ziggler in the face and going after him as he seeks his first title. The crowd rally behind him and Gallows build momentum, whipping Ziggler into the ropes and clotheslining him out of his boots on the return. He goes for a pinfall early ... 1 ... 2 ... Ziggler kicks out and Gallows stays on him. As Zigglers gets to his feet, Gallows locks him into a belly-to-belly suplex and Ziggler crashes into the mat. Another cover from Gallows ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Vickie is going mad already on the outside and she climbs to the apron to distract Gallows but fails to get his attention and the referee ushers her away. Gallows hits a shoulder block as he comes off the ropes and follows it with a second before hitting a running splash to Ziggler who is down in the centre of the ring. Pinfall again ... 1 ... 2 ... Ziggler kicks out again to the disappointment of the crowd and Gallows. The former SES member stands back and takes a breath, waiting for Ziggler to get back to his feet ... he attempts to hit a high boot into the face of Ziggler but the champion avoids it and manages his first offence as he hits a standing drop kick that staggers the challenger back. Another drop kick sends Gallows down to the mat and Ziggler begins to drop elbows to the challenger, one, two, three, four, five of them, over and over, before he taunts Gallows by running his hands back through his hair and jumps up to deliver a sixth elbow. Vickie applauds her man on the outside as he hooks the leg of Gallows ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Gallows!

Ziggler begins to take control of the match now and he hits a German suplex to the challenger as he looks to put him away. Vickie continues to support her man as he holds the suplex into a cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Gallows escapes again. A powerslam from Ziggler puts Gallows down again and Vickie yells out to Ziggler to ‘Finish him’ ... Ziggler looks to do just that as he waits for Gallows to get up whilst stalking him from behind waiting ... waiting ... Gallows gets to his feet and Ziggler jumps onto his shoulders and locks the sleeper hold on. Gallows attempts to fight out and make the ropes but Ziggler manages to take Gallows down to the mat whilst holding the move. The referee is in position to signal for the bell if Gallows gives up or he loses consciousness but Gallows keeps fighting ... eventually, Gallows manages to get a foot twisted in the ropes but the referee doesn’t notice at first. Vickie rushes round to move his foot but the referee realises at the last moment and demands that Ziggler break the hold. He gets in a shouting match with Vickie whilst Dolph holds the sleeper on longer before the referee finally forces the break. Dolph walks away and sets himself again ...

Gallows gets to his feet, his title dream beginning to drift away, and turns to face Ziggler. Dolph looks to hit the Zig Zag, a reverse bulldog move, but Gallows intelligently grabs the top rope and Ziggler crashes down onto his back. Vickie screams but Gallows could be about to hit the winning move now ... he positions Dolph’s head between his legs and lifts him up as the crowd cheer before hitting a devastating powerbomb. Cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, Vickie Guerrero pulls the referee out of the ring. The referee goes to disqualify Ziggler but Gallows pleads with him not to disqualify him as he can’t win the title that way. The referee agrees and the match continues to Vickie’s displeasure and Gallows argues with the Smackdown Assistant to the GM. Gallows points to Vickie to get out of the way and stop interfering before turning back towards his opponent ... Zig Zag! Ziggler hits the big move and goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Dolph Ziggler retains the Intercontinental Championship!

WINNER: Dolph Ziggler (6:57)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner and still Intercontinental Champion ... DOLPH ZIGGLER!

Ziggler slips out of the ring clutching his Intercontinental Title as the beaming Vickie Guerrero rushes over to him and celebrates his victory. Ziggler glares at the beaten Gallows in the ring who is sat up with his head in his hands and shaking his head in frustration ...

TODD GRISHAM
Gallows had Ziggler beat but Vickie Guerrero to the rescue again ...

MATT STRIKER
Desperately close for Luke Gallows but he let his focus drift to Vickie and that gave Dolph the chance he needed ...

TODD GRISHAM
Dolph Ziggler retains the Intercontinental Championship by the skin of his teeth!

*** MACMILLITANT ***

Teddy Long strides out onto the stage and takes in the cheers of the crowd whilst Dolph and Vickie stumble up the ramp with the title in the possession of the champion ... He addresses them both as his music fades out.

TEDDY LONG
Congratulations, Dolph, another successful title defence. But I’m not sure about how you went about it. That being said, I am the General Manager here on Smackdown so I am here to give you warning that at the Cyber Sunday pay-per-view, you will be defending your Intercontinental Championship against one of three men ... and the WWE Universe will get to decide that man!

The crowd react positively as Ziggler eyes Long suspiciously and Vickie tries to tell Teddy that he should change his mind ...

TEDDY LONG
I’m afraid that Dolph will be defending his title, Vickie. You seem to be forgetting that you are just the assistant to the General Manager. You have no authority over me when it comes to determining Smackdown matches. I have taken your advice on board ... and I’m choosing to dismiss it!

Vickie looks mutinous as Long stands smiling at her and the crowd begin another ‘Vickie sucks!’ chant. She stands there with an evil glint in her eye as Long turns away to address the WWE Universe and Luke Gallows in the ring.

TEDDY LONG
Luke Gallows, that was a fine performance that you gave there. I’m out here to tell you that you will be given a chance to become one of the three men that the WWE Universe will vote between for the Cyber Sunday match. Next week, it will be you, Luke Gallows, against MVP and the winner will be one of the three men in the vote. There will be another match next week between NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval and Alberto Del Rio for another place in the vote. And the third place in the vote will be decided after the break ... it will be Christian ...

The crowd cheer at the GM’s decision to give Christian an opportunity at the Intercontinental Title ...

TEDDY LONG
... against CM Punk! Holla!

The General Manager exits as the cheers for Christian turn into jeers for CM Punk.

TODD GRISHAM
Up next, on Friday Night Smackdown, Christian takes on CM Punk and the winner will go on to Cyber Sunday for a chance of facing Dolph Ziggler for the Intercontinental Championship!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********​

 

[GCB]

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Luke Gallows in the locker room after his valiant effort in the Intercontinental Title match before the break. As he is zipping up a sports bag, the sound of sarcastic applause is heard and the camera pans round to show CM Punk entering the room ...

CM PUNK
A great effort, Luke, great effort. But – just like normal – you came up short in the end. Like all the other alcohol swigging, drug pushing, fast food eating, cigarette smoking idiots here in Manchester ...

The boos are audible from the crowd who are jeering Punk’s insults towards their home city ...

CM PUNK
... you are nothing but a failure without Straight Edge in your life!

LUKE GALLOWS
Is that so, Punk? I’ve never felt better since I left your stupid Straight Edge Society. I’m free to do what I want, I feel happy and determined to make an impact here in the WWE. Tonight, I had my first shot at the Intercontinental Championship and I was this close ...

Gallows shows a small amount of space between his thumb and forefinger ...

LUKE GALLOWS
... this close to winning the title. Next week, I will beat MVP and I will become one of the contenders for the Intercontinental Title at Cyber Sunday. I just hope that the WWE Universe can forgive my actions when I was running around deluded by your crap!

CM PUNK
Big words, Luke, big words. But mark my words, it’s only a matter of time before you slide into obscurity again. Without CM Punk, you will fade away in a haze of hangovers and pill-induced fuzziness until you are back in your old world, back fest-ering away to nothing. Still, you’ll be able to crawl back to your old friend, Jesse, won’t you? Face it, Gallows, you are nothing without me, your straight edge saviour, CM Punk!

Punk turns and walks out of the locker room leaving Gallows fuming and muttering to himself in anger. The camera leaves the locker room and switches to Teddy Long’s office where Long is sat on the leather couch. He looks up, smiles and jumps to his feet and the camera shows Kofi Kingston entering to the delight of the WWE Universe ...

TEDDY LONG
Holla playa, what can I help you with tonight?

KOFI KINGSTON
Teddy, I’m here to tell you how thankful I am for the shot that you gave me at the World Heavyweight Title. I’m determined to reach the top of the WWE and the opportunity you gave me was appreciated.

TEDDY LONG
No problem, Kofi, no problem ...

KOFI KINGSTON
... Teddy, I need to say one thing though. Last night, I had no time to prepare for my match with Kane. You sprung it on me moments before I had to head out to face Kane. Surely, I deserve a title match where I have time to prepare for Kane? I defeated Jack Swagger last week for a title match before the end of 2010 and I was hoping that last night wasn’t it?

TEDDY LONG
Playa, I respect what you’re saying. I gave you a title match last night, like I promised, but I accept that it wasn’t the best situation for you. Here’s what I suggest, Kofi. I’ll give you a shot at becoming the new number one contender for the World Heavyweight Championship ...

KOFI KINGSTON
That’s great, man, I’d like that!

TEDDY LONG
... in a match tonight against ... The Undertaker!

Kofi’s smile drops a little but he keeps cool and accepts the decision. The crowd’s pop at the mention of the Taker fades and Kofi responds ...

KOFI KINGSTON
Teddy, that’s fine. To be the World Heavyweight Champion, I have to prove that I deserve it. Last night, I think I had Kane beaten and the Undertaker messed with my match. I owe him. I respect him but I am determined that tonight I will beat him and take my place at Cyber Sunday against Kane.

TEDDY LONG
That’s official then! Tonight’s main event will be The Undertaker against Kofi Kingston for the right to challenge Kane at Cyber Sunday for the World Heavyweight Championship!

Kofi shakes Teddy Long’s hand and bounds out of the room leaving Long to reflect happily on the decision he just made. The camera returns to the announce table where Todd Grisham and Matt Striker are sat waiting for the next match.

TODD GRISHAM
Huge news from the General Manager’s office! Kofi against Undertaker, tonight, to be the number one contender for the World Heavyweight Championship!

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***

TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is set for one fall and the winner will be one of the potential challengers for the Intercontinental Championship at Cyber Sunday. Introducing first, from Chicago, Illinois, weighing 222 pounds ... CM PUNK!

The Straight-Edge Saviour comes out and kneels down on the stage, checks his wrist and leaps up shouting ‘It’s my time!’ before heading down the ramp to the ring. He is jeered by the fans all the way, Punk is one of the hottest heels on Smackdown and it shows!

MATT STRIKER
A massive opportunity for Kofi Kingston to prove that he is World Title material ... and a massive match coming up next. CM Punk and Christian for the chance to challenge for the Intercontinental Championship at Cyber Sunday!

TODD GRISHAM
Don’t go nowhere!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with CM Punk in the ring taunting the crowd as he prepares for his match with Christian which will decide the first man to be confirmed as part of the vote for the challenger to Dolph Ziggler at Cyber Sunday.

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***

Christian makes his entrance as he looks around the arena for his peeps before heading to the ring, a look a amusement on his face ... As he reaches the ring, he stares at CM Punk who is trying to goad him with words in the opposite corner of the ring.

TONY CHIMEL
His opponent, weighing 239 pounds, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada ... CHRISTIAN!

Christian leaps into the ring and the two competitors go head to head, both looking for an advantage as they attempt to intimidate each other ...

TODD GRISHAM
A huge prize on the line here and both these participants know it. A shot at the Intercontinental Title could be up for grabs here.

MATT STRIKER
Whatever you think of CM Punk, there is no doubt that he is an extraordinary athlete and Christian has his work cut out here. I’m not sure that Dolph Ziggler would want to face either of these men at Cyber Sunday!

The bell sounds and the match can begin.

CHRISTIAN vs. CM PUNK

The early stages of the match see Christian and CM Punk trading offense as both seek to gain the advantage in the match. The match begins to get more interesting when CM Punk makes his first attempt at the ‘Go To Sleep’ finishing move but Christian fights out and slithers out of the ring to avoid it. Punk slides out of the ring and stalks Christian before receiving a drop kick that sends him staggering back into the barricade. With Punk down, Christian goes on the offensive, whipping Punk into the ring apron with a jolt to the back. A powerslam to the floor allows Christian to get back into the ring whilst the referee counts Punk out to the delight of the fans ... 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... Punk slides back into the ring and Christian resumes the beating. However, Punk manages to slyly poke Christian in the eye, risking the wrath of the referee, to momentarily take him out of the zone. With Christian’s vision impaired, Punk begins to hit numerous kicks to the chest, mid-drift and hamstrings that send Christian down to his knees. A fireman’s carry from Punk allows him to lock in the Arm Wrench that leaves Christian desperately trying to reach the ropes.

With Christian able to find the bottom rope, Punk decides to release the hold and he sets Christian up for a backbreaker that leaves Christian writhing on the mat. Punk goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Christian kicks out. Punk lifts him up and whips him into the corner before rushing in after him. However, Christian sees Punk coming and counters with a Pendulum kick that gives him time to recover. With the fans cheering him on, Christian goes for a dropkick but this time Punk swats him away and looks to hook on the Anaconda Vice with Christian down on the mat. He locks the submission in but Christian is again too close to the ropes and the referee forces Punk to break the hold. A frustrated Punk tries to drag Christian to the centre of the ring to attempt the submission again but Christian surprises him with a quick roll up pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Punk kicks out and goes to work on Christian with stomps to the mid-section. With Christian down on his back, Punk levers him out under the ropes with his feet and gets involved in a disagreement with the official. As Christian recovers and begins to get to his feet, CM Punk goes for a suicide dive out of the ring to Christian ... Christian moves and Punk goes smashing into the Smackdown announce table!

Christian looks at Punk with a smirk before sliding into the ring and the referee will count Punk out again ... 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... 9 ... Punk just gets back into the ring in time! Fantastic effort from the Straight Edge superstar but Christian is now in control. He pulls Punk up and delivers a DDT before going for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Punk just kicks out in time! Christian waits for Punk to get groggily to his feet before hitting several forearms and whipping him into the ropes. On his return, Christian lifts him and hits a Flapjack before going for another pin ... 1 ... 2 ... shoulder up from CM Punk. Christian looks a little frustrated now but regains his composure and sets himself for the Killswitch ... waiting for Punk to get to his feet ... Christian locks Punk up, twists around ... but Punk fights out and hits a perfect one-hand bulldog to buy himself some time. Punk resumes the battle with an enzuguri to Christian as he staggers back up and then signals to the crowd that it is ‘Go to Sleep’ time by holding his hands to the side of his face. However, Luke Gallows suddenly appears in the aisle and is motioning to Punk that he wants to fight him right now. Distracted, Punk stands at the ropes and tells Gallows to clear off but Christian is recovering ... With Punk not paying attention, Christian wheels Punk around, kicks him in the gut and sets up for a second Killswitch ... this time, he connects and covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Christian is on his way to Cyber Sunday!

WINNER: Christian (9:12)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... CHRISTIAN!

As the referee lifts Christian’s hand, CM Punk is furious and throws a mini-tantrum in the corner. Christian shrugs his shoulders and leaves whilst Luke Gallows gets in the ring and points at Punk ... Punk gets to his feet and goes to square up to Gallows but then changes his mind and backs away. As he walks up the ramp, Punk glares at Gallows with a knowing look in his eye before disappearing backstage again.

TODD GRISHAM
So it will be Christian who is the first option for the WWE Universe to consider for their vote for the challenger for Dolph Ziggler’s Intercontinental Championship. Who would win that match, Matt?

MATT STRIKER
I don’t know but it would be one hell of a match for sure. CM Punk though will not be involved but you’ve got to think that Luke Gallows is going to pay.

TODD GRISHAM
CM Punk has been embarrassing Luke Gallows for the past three months and it’s about time that Gallows got his revenge. But Punk will not let tonight drop ...

The camera changes to the backstage area where Kane is stood in an eerie room looking around nervously ... he walks out of the room and into the parking lot which is deserted and looks around for signs of life. Nothing. Kane walks over to a parked car and tentatively tries the handle ... it opens and Kane gets inside, his World Title thrown on the passenger seat and he looks around as he closes the door. He sets off out of the parking lot but suddenly breaks ... the camera catches him up and shows that Kane is staring out of the windscreen at something on the ground ... something gold, glittering in the lights ... it’s the Undertaker’s urn on the floor. Kane speeds off with a petrified look on his face and out of the arena.

TODD GRISHAM
The Undertaker returns ... next.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with footage of Matt Hardy on last week’s Superstars show ...

MATT STRIKER
Swagger with the ankle lock, will Matt Hardy tap out this time?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Matt Hardy vowed that he would win tonight, vowed that he would not give in ... Can he hang on?

Hardy writhes around on the mat looking desperately for an escape route as Swagger wrenches the lock further and further trying to break Hardy’s ankle in two. Matt screams in pain, reaching out for the rope but he a long way from it and Swagger has control over him anyway. Hardy tries to twist around to free his other leg to kick out at Swagger but the All American American is too strong ... Hardy finally accepts that there is no escape and with a look of anguish on his face, he taps out and the referee calls for the bell.

WINNER: Jack Swagger (9:32)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... JACK SWAGGER!

Swagger releases the hold and the referee raises his hand in victory as Hardy clutches his ankle and drags himself into the corner of the ring. Swagger taunts Hardy but Hardy refuses to react and simply stares at the All American American who exits the ring with a look of arrogance on his face that infuriates the fans at ringside. As Swagger disappears up the ramp and out of the arena, Matt beckons for a microphone and sitting in the corner of the ring, he prepares to announce something to the crowd.

MATT HARDY
I’ve been wrestling here in the WWE for nearly fifteen years. For all that time, I’ve always believed, always dreamt, never given up on the idea that one day, one day, I will be able to win the big one, win the WWE Title, win the World Heavyweight Title ... At times, I’ve been close but never close enough ... and now look at me.

Matt forces himself to his feet and looks around at the WWE Universe who are listening to him intently. He focuses and continues ...

MATT HARDY
I’ve always said that ‘Matt Hardy will not die!’ ... and I’ve always believed in that. I’ve suffered setbacks and low points ... Edge, Lita, Jeff, the list goes on. And in recent times, I’ve been on a losing run that would make even The Goon or the Brooklyn Brawler worry. I’m as far away from achieving my dream as I have ever been ... maybe it is time to give up on the dream, accept that injuries have worn me down and my talents have escaped me?

The fans remain quiet as Hardy pours his soul out in the middle of the ring. He looks devastated and distraught as he could possibly be ...

MATT HARDY
Maybe I’ve had my chance, maybe I blew it? If this is what I’m reduced to, losing week after week after week here on Superstars, never making it to the pay-per-view, never getting close to any title never mind the big titles ... I think I’d rather not be here. I’m going to take a bit of time off and rest my body, rest my mind. I don’t know when I’ll be back ... I don’t know if I’ll ever be back ...

The Matt Hardy fans in the audience plead with Hardy not to quit the WWE but he carries on with a shrug of the shoulders ...

MATT HARDY
I feel like I’m going nowhere and getting their fast. It’s time to take a break, see how the land lies. Maybe I’ll be back, maybe I won’t ... but before I leave tonight, there is one thing I need to do. Throughout my time here in the WWE, whether as a tag team with my brother or as a singles performer, the WWE Universe has continued to support me and root for me in everything I’ve done. If this is the last time I am in a WWE ring, I’d like to say thank you to you all for all the support and love you have shown me. Thank you.

Hardy drops the microphone and waves to the crowd before sliding out of the WWE ring for potentially the last time. He walks back up the ramp, waving to and saluting the fans before he reaches the stage where he turns around and waves to the WWE Universe. However, as he does so, Jack Swagger comes rushing up behind him and smashes him down to the ground again before applying the Ankle Lock one more time. With Hardy tapping on the stage, officials pour out of the back to try and get Swagger to release the hold. After nearly a minute, Swagger finally lets go and leaves Hardy a crumpled wreck on the ground as he arrogantly struts backstage again ...​

TODD GRISHAM
That could be the last we see of Matt Hardy on Smackdown, Matt?

MATT STRIKER
A true professional, a fantastic athlete and if, and it’s still an if, he decides to call it a day, he has nothing to feel ashamed about. Many fabulous WWE wrestlers haven’t won the WWE or the World Heavyweight Championship. Matt has nothing to feel ashamed of.

TODD GRISHAM
But what about the actions of Jack Swagger?

MATT STRIKER
Hey, Swagger has to do what Swagger has to do. He wanted to put the WWE locker room on notice that he is ready to make his big impression on the WWE!

*** S. O. S ***

TODD GRISHAM
Well, from one superstar whose WWE career could be coming to an end to another whose WWE career might be about to lift off right now!

TONY CHIMEL
This contest is set for one fall and will determine the number one contender to challenge Kane for the World Heavyweight Championship at Cyber Sunday. Introducing first, from Ghana, West Africa, weighing 221 pounds ... KOFI KINGSTON!

Kofi comes out onto the stage and the pyrotechnics accompany his ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ actions before he skips to the ring looking confident. He slaps hands with several of the WWE Universe at ringside before entering the ring and standing tall in the corner and signalling the ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ pose again ... Then the music stops and the lights fade out and the arena is plunged into darkness ...

MATT STRIKER
If this is to be the night that Kofi makes the leap into superstardom though, he has one hell of a challenge to get past first!

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

The arena fills with white spot lights and smoke as the shadow of the Undertaker appears in the Smackdown entrance and the crowd goes wild at the returning Deadman ... Slowly he begins to make his way down to the ring, his eyes focused forwards on the ring, his black coat billowing behind him as he walks ... Fire balls begin to shoot up from the stage and fizzle out almost as quickly as they start ... the Phenom slowly makes his way up the steps and stops, arms spread wide before he lifts them and the lights fade back on and the arena cheers the arrival of the legendary Undertaker. He gets into the ring and removes his hat and coat before staring at Kofi Kingston who is pacing around but is showing no signs of intimidation.

TONY CHIMEL
The opponent, weighing 299 pounds, from Death Valley ... THE UNDERTAKER!

Kofi and the Taker come towards each other in the middle of the ring and a staredown ensues ... Kingston still refuses to be intimidated as the referee signals for the bell and the match can begin.

KOFI KINGSTON vs. THE UNDERTAKER

Kingston bounces around on the balls of his feet as he stares into the face of the Undertaker who looks evil, menacing and ready to destroy something. The two of them begin to circle each other, Taker into a shoot wrestling pose whilst Kofi is moving quicker, trying to keep the Undertaker off balance and looking for a chance to strike. The crowd are a little split as they have two faces on show here ... A chant of ‘Un-der-tak-er!’ is quickly followed by a ‘Let’s go, Kofi!’ chant. Kingston still shows no sign of intimidation, an admirable quality at this stage.

MATT STRIKER
Kofi Kingston has an issue with Undertaker remember? At No Mercy, Kofi believes he had Kane beat when the Undertaker’s gong sounded out ... Kofi believes that the Undertaker cost him the World Heavyweight Title on Sunday night.

Kofi cracks first and goes for a kick to the side of the Undertaker’s leg that wobbles Taker and Kofi hits another kick quickly. On the third kick, Undertaker catches Kofi with a choke thrust and sends Kofi down to the mat. The veteran Undertaker lifts Kofi back up and hits more thrusts to the throat of Kingston before whipping him into the corner and running in for a clothesline. As Kofi staggers out of the corner, Taker grabs Kofi by the throat and forces him backwards over the top rope and down to the outside where Kofi lands hard on the floor.

The Undertaker slowly makes his way outside the ring and goes after Kofi who is groggily recovering from the fall out of the ring. Taker takes him by the hand and pulls him towards him to hit a clothesline again that sends Kofi tumbling to the floor. He is then rolled into the ring and Kingston’s head is protruding under the bottom rope, perfectly placed for Taker to hit another of his favourite moves. He gets up on the ring apron and looks to drop the leg onto Kofi’s exposed head but Kingston sees him coming and moves at the last moment causing Taker to leg drop the edge of the ring instead and fall to the floor. Kingston stalks after him and hits a flying forearm that again wobbles Taker but doesn’t send him down. Kofi takes a run up and hits the forearm again and this time he sends Taker down to the floor. The referee is telling Kofi to get back in the ring so he obeys the order and the Undertaker is given the 10-count to get back. On the count of 6, Taker slides back into the ring and Kofi goes to work with kicks to the back of the Undertaker. A few audible boos are heard from the Undertaker fans whilst cheers are heard from Kingston’s fans. Kingston forces Undertaker out of the ring again and follows this with a suicide dive, the second one of the evening on Smackdown. Unlike CM Punk’s earlier effort though, Kofi connects perfectly and takes the Undertaker into the barricades around the ring forcefully to a loud pop from the crowd as we head into a commercial break ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Kofi Kingston still in charge of the match as he hit a dropkick to the Undertaker that sends him down centre of the ring. Kofi goes for a cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Taker and Kofi has to get more offense in here. Kingston hits another dropkick, this time a low one to Taker’s head as he tries to get up ... this is followed by Kofi’s Boom drop move that connects with the Undertaker’s chest ... 1 ... 2 ... kick out again from Undertaker. Kofi moves back and begins to wait ... Undertaker gets slowly to his feet and Kofi swivels around looking for ‘Trouble in Paradise’ but Undertaker ducks and catches him in a choke hold instead. The crowd cheers as Taker rears back, his eyes bulging from their sockets, ready for the chokeslam. He lifts Kofi high but the Ghanaian manages to kick out whilst in the air and delivers a boot to the side of the Undertaker’s head that takes him down. Both men stagger on landing and the tension between the two is growing ...

A slugfest begins in the centre of the ring as both men launch right hands at each other ... Unsurprisingly, Kingston hits the deck first and as he tries to get up, Taker hits a high boot into the side of Kofi’s head and takes him down again. As Kofi gets up, Taker takes his hand and twists his arm before heading back into the corner ... the crowd chant ‘Old School!’ as Taker climbs the turnbuckle before walking the top rope ... however, Kofi manages to wobble Taker enough and he falls with one leg either side of the top rope. The men in the crowd wince in pain and Kofi manages to get a breather as he waits for Taker to free himself. As soon as he does, Kofi hits him with his ‘Trouble in Paradise’ move and crashes the Undertaker down to the mat. Has Kofi done enough to upset the Undertaker in a massive shock here? He covers the Undertaker, hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, wait a minute! The Undertaker’s hand has grabbed the bottom rope and the referee madly signals to Kofi and the WWE Universe that Taker has not been pinned despite the 3-count being made. Kofi holds his head in his hands having been so close to the victory.

Kingston steps back again and prepares to go for ‘Trouble in Paradise’ again ... he waits for a groggy Undertaker to get up and then swivels looking for the big kick. This time, Undertaker does not duck but catches the foot of Kofi Kingston and uses it to lift him up for a powerbomb. Kofi’s back and head hit the mat and Taker covers ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Kingston is still alive in this match! Undertaker signals to the crowd that it is time for Kofi to rest in peace. He stands back and waits for Kofi to get to his feet before grasping him in a choke, lifting him high and crashing him down in a Choke Slam. Taker covers Kofi ... 1 ... 2 ... Kofi Kingston kicks out one more time! Unbelievable! Kofi is fighting so hard to earn a title match at Cyber Sunday! Undertaker looks in disbelief at Kingston and looks to set up the tombstone next. He lifts Kingston upside down but Kofi wriggles clear and hits another well placed kick that staggers Taker back to the corner. Kofi takes a run at Undertaker in the corner and jumps up to pin Taker into the corner ... but the Deadman catches Kofi and has him set up now. He lifts him high and hits the ‘Last Ride’ to Kingston. Surely this time, it is over? Taker goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Undertaker is the number one contender for the World Title!

WINNER: Undertaker (12:38)

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner and the new number one contender for the World Heavyweight Championship ... THE UNDERTAKER!

As a distraught Kofi Kingston slides out of the ring holding the back of his head and neck, an exhausted Undertaker stares at the young star and nods his head in respect of Kofi’s efforts. Kingston staggers away but nods back at Taker in a show of respect while Taker drops to a knee in the centre of the ring and the lights go out. Taker poses in celebration as he holds out a hand knowing that he is on the way to Cyber Sunday where he will look for revenge one more time against his evil, younger brother Kane.

TODD GRISHAM
Another amazing effort from Kofi Kingston but – yet again – the Undertaker finds a way and emerges victorious.

MATT STRIKER
Great effort from Kofi who is surely on his way to bigger and better things now. I see a World Champion in Kofi Kingston in the future, this match proved that ... but for now, it will be Kane and the Undertaker for the World Heavyweight Championship at Cyber Sunday.

TODD GRISHAM
And Cyber Sunday means that the WWE Universe will be in charge ... they will be deciding the type of match that Kane and Undertaker will have at the pay-per-view.

MATT STRIKER
Kane, be warned ... the Undertaker is back on Smackdown and he is looking ready to become World Champion again.

TODD GRISHAM
Thanks for joining us tonight on Smackdown, good night!

Smackdown ends with the camera showing the Undertaker in blue lights heading out of the ring and back to the stage where he stares into the camera and says ‘Kane ... Your time has come!’ ... Smackdown fades away as the show ends.

********** END OF SHOW **********​

 

[GCB]

MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from London, England

[YOUTUBE]lqKMAPEK3Sk[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The camera pans around the O2 Arena in London as the UK fans go mad for the beginning of this week’s edition of RAW. Meanwhile, Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler introduce the show from the announce table.

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome to Monday Night Raw with myself, the ‘Voice of the WWE’ Michael Cole and the WWE hall of famer, Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler as we get set for another huge night here in the WWE!

JERRY LAWLER
For once, we agree Michael Cole. Tonight we find out who will be involved in the Cyber Sunday main event for the WWE Championship. Will it be Orton vs. Wade Barrett or will there be something else involved?

*** THE GAME ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... TRIPLE H!

The London crowd react positively as Triple H goes through his well established routine as he enters the arena and the ring. He is dressed in street clothes and a leather jacket and looks focused on causing pain and suffering to someone ...

MICHAEL COLE
No prizes for guessing why Triple H is out here, King, he wants Sheamus and he wants him now!

JERRY LAWLER
After his minor distraction last week ...

MICHAEL COLE
... minor distraction? Are you talking about his match with the Miz?

JERRY LAWLER
Of course I am, Cole, the match that your boy, the Miz, lost to a Pedigree!

MICHAEL COLE
The only reason Miz was beaten last week was because of the distraction of yourself and that nerd, Daniel Bryan ...

JERRY LAWLER
Whatever, Cole, Triple H is back focused on destroying Sheamus. Question is, is Sheamus here tonight after he missed last week?

MICHAEL COLE
If I were Triple H, I wouldn’t be concerned about whether Sheamus was here or not, I’d be watching my back in case the Money in the Bank holder appeared ...

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, I’m sure Triple H is not worried about the Miz one little bit!

Triple H takes a microphone and the lights return in the arena as he stands in the middle of the ring waiting ...

TRIPLE H
Mr General Manager ... Is he here tonight?

The crowd laugh at the blunt approach of Triple H as he leans against the ropes waiting for a response from the GM. Within a few seconds, the lights flash and the email alert sound echoes through the arena. Michael Cole gets to his feet and walks over to the General Manager laptop at the side of the desk to a range of boos and jeers.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have just received an email from the anonymous Raw General Manager ... And I quote ... “I’m sorry, Triple H, Sheamus is not here tonight. I received a call moments ago from the WWE doctors informing me that Sheamus was not fit to compete this evening.”

Triple H looks annoyed with this information and snarls as he lifts the microphone to his mouth before growling out ...

TRIPLE H
I knew it. I knew that Sheamus would be avoiding me again tonight. Waiting for me to turn my back so he can attack me from behind again, the coward that he is, just like he did back in April ... Sheamus, you listen to me! It doesn’t matter how long I have to wait, I will get you. And when I get you, I will make you pay for every single day you left me injured and every single day you made me wait. I am going to make you wish that you had never ever set foot in the WWE, I am going to make you ...

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***

Triple H is interrupted by the sound of the music of the Money in the Bank holder, Miz, who strides out carrying his briefcase and dressed in a smart suit whilst his apprentice Alex Riley follows behind as usual. Miz walks onto the stage and has a microphone as he signals for his music to be faded out ...

THE MIZ
Same old, same old Triple H. You’ve been saying the same things, over and over and over again, for the last ten years. Please! I’m begging you ... come up with something original!

The crowd boo and jeer Miz as he laughs with Alex Riley on stage. Meanwhile, a not too impressed Triple H is glaring up the aisle at the Miz who is keeping a safe distance from the Cerebral Assassin.

THE MIZ
Since Sheamus injured you back in April, Triple H, a lot of things have changed here on Monday Nights. Aside from there being no old timers like Shawn Michaels, Bret Hart and Ric Flair hogging the limelight night after night, there is a new WWE superstar taking the world by storm. He is the man who climbed a ladder in July and took down the Money in the Bank briefcase that guarantees that before WrestleMania, he will become the new WWE Champion here on RAW. And do you know who that man is, Hunter?

TRIPLE H
It sure as hell ain’t Alex Riley, I know that much ... But I’m guessing that ‘superstar’ could be you, Miz? If that is the case, then I don’t think too much has changed. You see, there is always some loadmouth young superstar here on RAW with ideas above his stations. There’s always one who has gotten a lucky win and thinks that he has made it. Always one who thinks that he is in the same league as the Game, always one who thinks that he can take down the Cerebral Assassin, always one who wants to make a name off my back. And that man always, always fails ... Always.

THE MIZ
Really? Really? Is that so, Triple H? You see, that might have been true in the past. But not this time. This time, that man is me, the Miz, and I am different. I am the future of the WWE and, as far as I see it, you are the past. The only way you could beat me last week was when I was distracted by the geek and the hall of shamer ...

Loud boos from the WWE Universe for the insult to Jerry Lawler ...

THE MIZ
... when the truth is that I could beat you anytime and anywhere I wanted to. Just like I can become the WWE Champion anytime and anywhere I want to. Because I’m the Miz ... and I’m ... AAAAAWWWWWWWWWEEEESSSSSSOOOOOMMMMMMMMMEEE!

A smirking Triple H nods his head in the ring and sarcastically claps in the direction of the Miz. As Miz mouths away on stage, Triple H speaks into the microphone again.

TRIPLE H
Why don’t you come down here, get into this ring and repeat everything you just said ... face to face?

The crowd cheer and the Miz makes a move towards the ring. Halfway down the aisle, with Triple H motioning him to come forward, the Miz pauses ... before turning back and walking away despite the jeers of the crowd. The email alert sounds again and Michael Cole goes back to the laptop ...

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Miz ... Triple H ... Interesting words. I think that the WWE Universe want to see Triple H and the Miz in the ring again. But last week, Daniel Bryan, Jerry Lawler and Alex Riley all tried to interfere. Now, Jerry, I want you to stay where you are. But later tonight, it will be a Tag Team match ... The Miz and Alex Riley ... against Daniel Bryan ... and Triple H.”

The crowd cheer the announcement as Triple H nods his head in the ring. The Miz is back on stage looking down the aisle at Triple H in the ring and he looks calculating as he listens to the words of his apprentice, Riley, as RAW heads into a commercial break.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** BREAK THE WALLS DOWN ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Winnipeg, Manatoba, Canada ...

The announcement is interrupted and the camera switches to Jericho who is walking to the ring with a microphone demanding that his music is turned down.

CHRIS JERICHO
Turn the music off! Now!

Jericho’s music fades as he walks up the ring steps and steps between the ropes and preparing to speak to the crowd ...

CHRIS JERICHO
Now I don’t care about what all you people here in England want, I don’t care one little bit. But it seems that the RAW General Manager thinks that it is a good idea to put me in a match tonight with a man that is not fit to tie my bootlaces for me. A man that embarrasses the WWE by rapping on his way to the ring and adding idiotic twists to his moves in the ring. I’m far superior to R-Truth in every single way and I do not deserve to be forced to face him tonight on RAW.

The RAW crowd in the O2 Arena jeer and boo as Jericho insults fans’ favourite, Truth, and they respond with a chant of ‘You Suck!’ as Jericho stands smirking in the ring.

CHRIS JERICHO
This morning, I e-mailed the RAW General Manager and informed him that I would not be competing here tonight. I informed him that I needed a little bit of time to get my head focused after the last few weeks. I told the RAW General Manager that as the top superstar here on RAW, I should be allowed to take the night off ...

The crowd shake their heads and show their disagreement with Jericho’s idea ...

CHRIS JERICHO
... but the RAW General Manager replied to me and told me that I was to face R-Truth tonight here in London. He pandered to the whims of all you parasites, hypocritically demanding that I show up here on RAW despite the fact that he hasn’t got the guts to appear on RAW in person. I am forced to perform for all you tapeworms when I should be at home recovering and focusing on what I do best, being the best in the world at what I do. And I’ve heard all the jibes and comments made this week about Chris Jericho and his career after my loss to John Morrison ...

The crowd cheer at the sound of the popular Morrison ...

CHRIS JERICHO
People claiming that I’m past it? People saying that Chris Jericho is finished? People saying that Chris Jericho has to use brass knucks to beat inferior performers like John Morrison? All wrong. Chris Jericho is going to get right back in the game and prove you all wrong. And R-Truth ... you should be having a word with the RAW General Manager about the types of match he puts you in from now on. Every single one of you gelatinous sycophants needs to realise that Chris Jericho ...

Attention turns to the stage as the music of Jericho’s opponent, R-Truth, begins and he dances his way out onto stage ...

*** WHAT’S UP? ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, weighing in at 235 pounds, from Charlotte, North Carolina ... R-TRUTH!

R-Truth heads to the ring rapping and performing as Jericho watches with a look of disgust on his face. The crowd join in enthusiastically with Truth as he holds the microphone up for them at different points before he signals for the music to be faded out ...

R-TRUTH
London, England ... What’s up?

The crowd respond with a loud ‘What’s Up?’ before R-Truth fixes a gaze on Chris Jericho ready to speak some more ...

R-TRUTH
Face it, Jericho ... your career is on the turn. You couldn’t beat John Morrison fairly at No Mercy, you lost to him last week on RAW, you lost again last week on Superstars to Vladimir Kozlov ... and you’re about to lose again tonight. Face it, you’re the hypocrite round here ... and that’s the truth!

CHRIS JERICHO vs. R-TRUTH

Jericho is clearly offended by the words spoken by R-Truth and quickly gains control of the match and dominates the early exchanges. The turning point of the match comes when Jericho goes for a Lionsault with Truth laid in the middle of the ring but Truth manages to escape and Jericho is caught off balance ... Truth connects with right hands and gets in a degree of offence for the first time in the match. Jericho looks to respond with a clothesline but Truth counters with a stunner like manoeuvre whilst he performs the splits ... An irate Chris Jericho rolls out of the ring and kicks out at the steel steps in frustration before picking up a steel chair and entering the ring. The referee tries to prevent Jericho bringing the chair into the ring but Jericho threatens to swing it at him forcing the referee to rush for cover. Truth stands up to Jericho, daring him to use the chair but Jericho decides to throw the chair down at Truth’s feet. The ref picks the chair up but whilst distracted, Jericho reaches into his trunks and pulls out the brass knucks again ... Wham! Jericho nails R-Truth with a knockout blow and covers for the pinfall. 1 ... 2 ... 3!

MICHAEL COLE
A huge win for Chris Jericho there, King!

JERRY LAWLER
Wait a minute, he used the brass knucks again! Wait, here comes John Morrison ...

Morrison signals to the replays been shown on the screen and the referee watches and sees the offending brass knucks being used by Jericho ... he signals to the timekeeper and tells Justin Roberts something ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, I have just been informed by the referee that due to the illegal use of the brass knucks by Chris Jericho, the match must continue ...

Jericho looks irate whilst the crowd cheer ... Jericho decides to leave and rolls out of the ring before starting to walk up the aisle. However, Morrison grabs Jericho and drags him back to the ring, rolling him back under the bottom rope ... Jericho stands and glares out at Morrison who gestures at him to turn around. As he does, Truth hits a forearm smash whilst incorporating a corkscrew to send Jericho crashing to the mat. As Jericho staggers up, Truth hits a scissors kick and covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: R-Truth (9:12)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... R-TRUTH!

R-Truth’s music echoes around the arena as he celebrates his victory with John Morrison outside the ring. The pair of them walk backwards away from the ring looking towards a devastated Chris Jericho who is looking thoroughly frustrated and annoyed in the ring as he sits up from being pinned. A laughing Morrison and Truth turn their back and Jericho pounds the mat with his fist in anger before getting up and looking around the ring at the crowd. Boos and jeers greet his stares and another ‘You Suck!’ chant begins as Jericho starts to slink out of the ring and away ... He walks up the aisle to the stage with his head down and not like the Chris Jericho known to the WWE Universe ... As he is about to leave the stage, he has one more look around him and his face looks worried.

JERRY LAWLER
Mr. Jericho has a lot on his mind, Cole.

MICHAEL COLE
He is having a tough time right now ... I wonder what the future holds for Chris Jericho. I’ve just been informed on my Blackberry that Chris Jericho will be in action again this week, on Superstars, at the request of the General Manager. He will face R-Truth again to see if he can end his losing streak ...

JERRY LAWLER
We’re not used to Chris Jericho losing so often here in the WWE, it’s got to be bothering him.

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***

MICHAEL COLE
And here come our special guest commentators for our next match tonight, the Tag Team Champions are here on RAW, King!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** GET UP ***

RAW returns with the Usos in the ring – Jimmy and Jey – as they await their match. The camera switches to the announce table where the Tag Team Champions, Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre, are sat with Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler ready to commentate.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This tag team match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from San Francisco, California ... Jimmy and Jey ... the USOS!

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome back to Monday Night Raw, we have the Tag Team Champions here at ringside, hello gentlemen. Nice to have you here.

CODY RHODES
Of course it is, Michael Cole, you have the most handsome man in the WWE sat here, you have the ‘Chosen One’ sat here ... you have the Tag Team Champions, the greatest of all time, sat beside you.

DREW McINTYRE
You must be feeling pretty special tonight, Cole, yeah?

MICHAEL COLE
I certainly am, guys, it’s great to have a tag team like yourselves out here on Monday Night Raw where we usually have to put up with ...

*** NEW FOUNDATION ***

MICHAEL COLE
... these guys! Oh lord ... The dullest men on TV are here on RAW yet again.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And their opponents, at a combined weight of 449 pounds ... David Hart Smith, Tyson Kidd ... the HART DYNASTY!

DREW McINTYRE
You’re being unfair there, Michael Cole, you see, we are here to keep an eye on the RAW tag teams. The standard on RAW is so much more superior to the standard of tag teams on Smackdown.

JERRY LAWLER
Do you include Mark Henry and Evan Bourne in that claim, guys?

CODY RHODES
Listen here, King, we’re here to look at these two teams, to scout them and to make sure that we’re ready for whichever of them we have to face. We’re not interested in Mark Henry and Evan Bourne ... they’re not up to Tag Team Championship standard.

MICHAEL COLE
And the Hart Dynasty are?

CODY RHODES
They certainly are, Cole. We need to scout them just in case we need to face them soon.

JERRY LAWLER
Some people are suggesting that you are scared of Mark Henry and Evan Bourne. Is that why you’re here?

DREW McINTYRE
We have no reason to fear Henry and Bourne, in fact, we have no reason to get involved with them in any way. They are not going to be getting any Tag Team title matches any time soon so we are just avoiding them and their matches. We’re definitely not scared in any way, shape or form.

HART DYNASTY vs. THE USOS

In a competitive match, the combination of Tyson Kidd’s speed and agility and the power and strength of David Hart Smith gives the Dynasty an advantage for the majority of the contest although the Usos manage to get in several counters that have the former champions reeling. A counter from the Usos allows them to take down both members of the Dynasty and the Usos head for the top ropes to perform a double diving splash to their opponents. As they take off, Kidd and Smith both move and the Usos crash head first into the mat. With the two dazed, legal man Kidd hits a series of kicks to take Jimmy out of the ring whilst David Hart Smith lifts the other legal man, Jey Uso, for a suplex as a tribute to his father, the late British Bulldog. As he connects with the suplex, the referee ushers him out of the ring to leave Kidd and Jey in the ring. Kidd locks in the sharpshooter and Jey Uso taps out within moments ...

WINNER: Hart Dynasty (5:37)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners via a submission ... the HART DYNASTY!

The Hart Dynasty celebrate their win with Natalya and start to stare at the Tag Team Championship belts over the shoulders of Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes as they leave the commentary position. Rhodes sarcastically claps the winners as his partner accompanies him around the ring leaving the Harts to continue their celebration.

JERRY LAWLER
Don’t you think that the Hart Dynasty deserve a title shot now, Cole?

MICHAEL COLE
What? For one win over the Usos? Of course not, they’ve got to do more than that. Anyway, next up, Wade Barrett and the Nexus will be out here with a message for John Cena. We’ll see you in a moment.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with the music of the Nexus accompanied by the boos of the crowd although there are several cheers for the British leader of the group ...

*** WE ARE ONE ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... NEXUS!

Leader of the Nexus, Wade Barrett, is accompanied to the ring by his loyal team of Heath Slater, Justin Gabriel, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield as he heads to the ring, with all five men wearing Nexus t-shirts and armbands. They enter the ring and stand facing the cameras with Barrett stood in front with a microphone. The jeers of the majority of the crowd intensify as the music fades out ...

WADE BARRETT
Is that any way to welcome home a national hero?

The crowd boos louder although there are distinct cheers for the Nexus group from the Cena hating Brits in attendance. Barrett looks around in mock confusion as Heath Slater plays to the crowd by signalling for them to quieten down.

WADE BARRETT
Last week, I beat both John Cena, the so called ‘face of the WWE’ and the WWE Champion, Randy Orton, in a Triple Threat match. I deserve to be cheered, I deserve to be knighted ... I destroyed the two heroes of the WWE.

A replay of the finish of last week’s match is aired on the titantron ...

As Orton stumbles round, Cena lifts him up to his shoulder and delivers a perfect Attitude Adjustment to the WWE Champion! He goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No! The WWE Champion has kicked out! Cena is in shock but rolls Orton over and goes for the STF submission instead. Orton tries to fight out of it but is struggling when Barrett suddenly leaps into the ring again and drags Cena off Orton.

Barrett drags Cena out of the ring and runs him shoulder first into the steel steps where Cena clutches his shoulder that he hurt earlier in the match. Barrett returns to the ring with Cena down and lifts a beleaguered Orton to his feet and sets up for Wastelands ... this time, Orton cannot escape and Barrett slams his prone body down on the mat. Barrett goes for the cover, hooks the leg of the champion ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wade Barrett has pinned the WWE Champion!

WINNER (13:42): WADE BARRETT

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... WADE BARRETT!

MICHAEL COLE
Oh my word! Wade Barrett has pinned Randy Orton here tonight and has won the match ... that means that there will be no John Cena in the Cyber Sunday WWE Title match!

JOSH MATTHEWS
And what a message Barrett has just sent to the champion, Cole! Even without his Nexus buddies, Barrett has just cleanly pinned the champion! That is going to play on Orton’s mind in the coming weeks as we head towards Cyber Sunday!​

As the replay ends, the camera switches back to Wade Barrett who looks smug with his group behind him nodding their heads appreciatively ...

WADE BARRETT
Like I said, I destroyed John Cena and Randy Orton last week on RAW. Last week, I pinned the WWE Champion, just like I said I would, I ended John Cena’s hopes of a WWE Championship match – again – just like I said I would. At Cyber Sunday, it will be Randy Orton and Wade Barrett for the WWE Championship ... and Orton ... you know it, I know it, the whole world saw it ... I pinned you 1, 2, 3 in this very ring. At Cyber Sunday ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***

The WWE Universe explodes as John Cena comes bounding out onto the stage, interrupting the number one contender, looking fed up of listening to Wade Barrett. He stands on the stage, not willing to get in the ring for another Nexus beating, and shakes his head as he prepares to speak ...

WADE BARRETT
What do you want Cena? I beat you at No Mercy, I beat you and Orton last week on RAW, I am the number one contender, you have no business out here.

JOHN CENA
Calm down, Barrett, calm down. I’m out here for one reason ... I was fed up of hearing you drone on and on and on again ... man, change the record!

WADE BARRETT
Cena ... I am warning you to turn round and get out of the Nexus’ sight. You have no business out here ... Last week, the General Manager gave you a shot at a Triple Threat match at Cyber Sunday and you blew it.

JOHN CENA
That’s right, Barrett, I blew it. And you know what? If I were you, I’d be annoyed that somebody else who wasn’t the number one contender was out here as well. But I’m out here to ask the General Manager to give the people what they want ...

WADE BARRETT
What the people want? That has nothing to do with this, Cena, these people here in London don’t matter! They ...

Large boos ring out around the arena as Barrett insults the people of London ...

WADE BARRETT
... they are what we, in Manchester and the North of England, call ‘Cockneys’ ... they talk funny, they talk rubbish and they haven’t got a clue about what they want!

A loud chant of ‘Who are ya?’ greets Barrett, a popular football chant in England ...

JOHN CENA
I disagree with you, Wade. You see, the pay per view that you want to challenge for the WWE Championship at is called ... Cyber Sunday. At that pay per view, it will be up to the people, the WWE Universe, to make the decisions about the matches. Now, I’m pretty sure that the General Manager hasn’t decided what the WWE Universe will be voting on in the title match ...

Barrett shakes his head at Cena and throws a glare of contempt towards him ...

JOHN CENA
... so I’m suggesting to the General Manager, whoever he or she may be, wherever they may be ... I’m suggesting that one of the options for the people to vote for is ... John Cena entered into the match as a Triple Threat!

WADE BARRETT
Now, look here, Cena ... you lost at No Mercy, what makes you think you deserve a chance of any kind at the WWE Championship?

JOHN CENA
Hey, if it’s what the people want, Wade, it’s what the people want ... So come on General Manager, what is it to be?

The tension builds as the WWE Universe, Nexus and Cena await the email to inform them of the GM’s decision. Instead, the music of the WWE Champion rings out around the arena ...

*** VOICES ***

The WWE Champion saunters out onto the stage, his WWE Championship belt draped over his shoulder and carrying a microphone. He looks at John Cena without emotion and stands on the stage close to Cena but not threatening him in any way ... However, Orton also knows better than to get into the ring with Nexus ...

RANDY ORTON
It doesn’t matter whether it is Wade Barrett, John Cena or both of you ... at Cyber Sunday, there will only be one winner – me. I may have lost last week, Wade Barrett, I may have had my shoulders pinned by you but that does not worry me. It spurs me on to kick you in the skull after I RKO you to retain my WWE Championship.

The cheers of the crowd echo through the O2 Arena as Orton turns to face Cena ...

RANDY ORTON
And Cena ... I might respect you more than Barrett, I might even say that I have grown to appreciate what you bring to the WWE. But the truth is this ... I have beaten you before for the WWE Title and I can beat you again if you get in my way.

This time, the reaction is mixed as the fans of Cena and Orton boo and cheer in equal measures ...

RANDY ORTON
What I am saying is this ... whether I face one of you or both of you at Cyber Sunday, there will be one outcome ... Randy Orton will still be the WWE Champion.

Orton raises the WWE Championship high to the cheers of the crowd ... but the lights flash and the email alert sound echoes through the arena. Michael Cole stands up to read the email at the GM stand.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have received an email from the RAW General Manager ... and I quote ... “Gentleman ... you all make valid points. John Cena deserves a chance to win the WWE Championship, Wade Barrett is the number one contender ... and Randy Orton, I’m sure that you don’t care who you face. The truth is though that Cyber Sunday should be determined by the fans. So, Cena ... I’m offering you a chance tonight. In the main event, we will have a six man tag team match. It will be three members of Nexus ... against John Cena ... Randy Orton ... and a partner of your choosing. If Nexus win, it will be Wade Barrett and Randy Orton at Cyber Sunday for the WWE Championship. If John Cena makes the winning fall, the WWE Universe will get to determine whether it will be a Triple Threat or not at Cyber Sunday. And if Randy Orton or your partner make the winning fall? Then it will be up to that person to decide which way we go ...”

The RAW music sounds and Orton and Cena glance at each other as they try to work out if they can trust the other tonight in the six-man tag match. Meanwhile, Nexus are huddled together with Wade Barrett discussing the situation animatedly in the middle ... The camera switches backstage where we see Laycool ready for action ...

JERRY LAWLER
When we come back, Laycool face the Bellas ... I cannot wait for this one!

RAW switches to an advertisement for the upcoming pay-per-view, Cyber Sunday.

CYBER SUNDAY
2 WEEKS
Your chance to vote and shape the WWE!

*** NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This tag team match is set for one fall ... Introducing first, the co-Divas Champions ... Michelle McCool and Layla ... LAYCOOL!

MICHAEL COLE
Here come the self proclaimed Divas Champions, King, not happy with the actions of the Bella Twins last week on Monday Night Raw ...

JERRY LAWLER
Well, it was the Bella Twins that came down to the rescue of Melina as Laycool tried to beat her down. Melina needed some help and the beautiful Bellas rode in to rescue her!

MICHAEL COLE
On Friday Night Smackdown, Laycool had words for both the Bellas and Melina. First up, they told us that they were not giving Melina another title shot and then they informed us that they would be here tonight to come after the Bella ‘freaks’ ...

JERRY LAWLER
Freaks? They need their pretty little heads looking at, Cole!

Both Layla and Michelle McCool are ready for action and they do their usual belt kissing routine before the Bellas music hits and the identical twins make their way to the ring ...

*** YOU CAN LOOK (BUT YOU CAN’T TOUCH) ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And their opponents, from Scottsdale, Arizona ... Nikki and Brie, the BELLA TWINS!

BELLA TWINS vs. LAYCOOL

The Bella Twins start out fast and have Layla separated from her partner, Michelle, unable to make the tag. The twins make frequent tags in and out and have Layla staggering around at one point before Nikki hits her with a forearm from outside the ring ... allowing Brie to roll up Layla for the pin. The referee counts ... 1 ... 2 ... Layla’s foot is on the rope. As Nikki and Brie look frustrated, Michelle McCool suddenly runs into the back of Brie and sends her headfirst into the corner of the ring taking the referee with her so he fails to see McCool’s interference. With the referees focus momentarily lost, Michelle slams Brie to the mat before hightailing out of the ring. Nikki complains to the referee but he begins to count both divas down ... Layla is first to her feet, groggily, and she begins to stomp away at Brie who retreats into the corner of the ring. With Brie in the ropes, the referee pulls Layla away and whilst his attention is drawn, Nikki pulls her twin out of the ring and takes her place in the corner. As Layla moves in, Nikki – despite the screams from Michelle – catches Layla unaware and rolls her up for the pin. 1 ... 2 ... Layla kicks out, looking shocked ... The British diva rushes to tag in Michelle McCool who hits a clothesline to the now legal Nikki ... she picks up Nikki and hits the Faith Breaker before covering for 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Laycool (2:53)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... LAYCOOL!​

 

[GCB]

MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from London, England

Layla and Michelle McCool celebrate in the ring like they just won an Olympic gold medal and hug and jump around as the Bellas fade away. Michelle summons for two microphones and the annoying duo steady themselves to say something to the WWE Universe.

MICHELLE McCOOL
Well, we said we’d be here to show the Bella Freaks not to mess with us!

LAYLA
That’s right, ‘Chelle, and now the Bellas know ... Laycool are flawless!

MICHELLE McCOOL
By my count, Lay, that’s the Bella Freaks not getting a shot at the Divas Championships, we don’t have to defend against Wah-Wah-Wah-Melina anymore ... There is nobody who can get to our titles!

LAYLA
That’s right ... At Cyber Sunday, we will be able to have the night off to watch!

The crowd boos, some cheering ironically, as Laycool jump around and scream like a couple of schoolgirls again ... However, they are interrupted ...

*** POPPIHOLLA ***

JERRY LAWLER
Hey, it’s the new boss! It’s Chip Butty!

MICHAEL COLE
Chip Butty ... he hasn’t been on screen since the first night of his tenure here in the WWE. I wonder why he’s out here now ...

JERRY LAWLER
We can hope that it is to formally fire these two morons in the ring!

Chip gets into the ring wearing jeans and a sports top and takes a microphone before turning to address Laycool who are eying him suspiciously ...

CHIP BUTTY
Good evening, London! And good evening, Laycool, lovely to meet you here tonight ...

Laycool don’t look pleased to see the boss and you can see their minds racing as they try to figure out why he is here to see them.

CHIP BUTTY
Now, I’m sure that you’re wondering why I am out here? I’m out here for a very important reason ... the WWE Divas Championship. For the last few months, you two have been walking round declaring yourselves the co-Divas champions ... And there is something that I don’t quite understand about it.

Layla and Michelle McCool shift uncomfortably, not their usual cocky selves, aware that here is the one person in the WWE that they are not allowed to insult ...

CHIP BUTTY
Layla ... we’re here in your home country, in the UK ... the place where you were brought up as a child. The same country as I was brought up in. A few months ago, when you won the Divas Championship, many people here in the UK would have been very happy for you. Layla, the first ever British Divas Champion!

But what did you do with the title?

You, for some reason, decided to share it with Michelle McCool here. Started referring to yourselves as the co-Divas Champions, Laycool. And that is why I am out here ... at Cyber Sunday, the Divas Championship will be defended against the Divas of the WWE Universe’s choosing ...

Laycool look unhappy at this decision and look to interrupt but before they can, Chip continues on ...

CHIP BUTTY
And the Divas Champion will be defending the title. That’s right, Michelle ... Layla will be defending her Divas Championship!

Michelle and Layla stare at each other open mouthed before Michelle throws a mini-tantrum whilst declaring that she is the co-Divas Champion with Layla ... Layla looks thoughtful as she reflects on what the owner of the WWE just told her ...

CHIP BUTTY
But, there is one more thing, Layla. At Cyber Sunday, you will defend the Divas Championship that you won, the Divas Championship that belongs to you ... against one of ... Melina ... Kelly Kelly ... or ... Michelle McCool!

The crowd cheer at the prospect of the individual members of Laycool fighting over the Divas Championship and the two of them stop and look to each other ... Chip smiles at both ladies before exiting the ring to cheers as Poppiholla sounds out again. Layla is the first of Laycool to move as she slowly edges her way out of the ring and starts walking back out of the arena up the ramp ... Michelle’s eyes follow Layla as she walks away before the Divas Champion turns around on the stage and looks back towards her partner ... The camera zooms in on a confused looking Layla as she ponders over her Cyber Sunday potential match with Michelle in less than 2 weeks time ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with the camera panning around the crowd ... and then the email sound echoes around the arena and the lights flash as the WWE Universe boos Michael Cole as he steps up to the laptop.

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have an email from the RAW General Manager ... and I quote ... “Edge. Ring. Now.”

A silence follows before finally Edge’s titantron and music starts and the Rated R Superstar begins to make his way towards the ring.

*** METALINGUS ***

Edge makes his way to the ring looking a little sheepish after the General Manager admonished him last week and banned him from discussing the identity of the GM. Edge was told by the GM that he would reveal himself at Cyber Sunday as well as punishing the Ultimate Opportunist by placing him in a match ... Is it time for Edge to find out his Cyber Sunday opponent?

EDGE
Erm ... I’m err ... here?

Silence for a moment and then the email alerts go off again and Michael Cole reads from the laptop once more.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Edge ... As you know, I am planning to reveal myself at the upcoming pay per view, Cyber Sunday. It’s going to be a memorable night in New York as the WWE returns home to Madison Square Garden, I reveal myself ... and you wrestle for your career.”

Edge looks at Cole in shock, disbelieving, as the announcer continues ...

MICHAEL COLE
“You see, Edge, I saw the No Mercy match between John Morrison and Chris Jericho and it made me think. Over the past few months, Jericho and yourself have constantly criticised me, mocked me, challenged me ... you weasel your way out of situations, cheating and scheming and never paying your dues ... well, that will end for you at Cyber Sunday. Because it will be you, Edge ... against Chris Jericho ... against John Morrison ... in a Retirement Match!”

Cheers from the crowd at the announcement from the GM ...

MICHAEL COLE
“It will be a Triple Threat and if you lose, Edge ... you will be fired from the WWE, you will be forced into retirement. And the same goes for Jericho ... if he loses, he will be retired from the WWE. But what about John Morrison? There is no way I would force him to retire. He is everything that you and Jericho are not. He plays the game the right way, he entertains the fans ... At Cyber Sunday, John Morrison gets chance to defeat both you and Jericho and retire you both!”

The crowd roar at this announcement as they sense that it may be the end of the line for at least one of Jericho or Edge ...

MICHAEL COLE
“So, I’m looking forward to Cyber Sunday, Edge. If you lose your match, I will reveal myself immediately afterwards ... just in time to wave you goodbye! And one more thing, Edge ... take next week off. Get used to watching RAW on the TV!”

An irate Edge is left standing in the ring, grabbing at his hair, a look of pure hatred on his face ... Michael Cole sits down with Jerry Lawler as the camera focuses on Edge who looks close to breaking point.

JERRY LAWLER
What an announcement from the General Manager! Edge against Chris Jericho against John Morrison ... and if Edge, Jericho or both of them lose the match, they’re gone, fired, retired from the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
A huge announcement for Cyber Sunday in two weeks time ... we have learnt two matches in the last few moments! As King mentioned, Edge, Jericho and Morrison meet in a ‘Retirement’ match whilst Layla – now named as ‘the’ WWE Divas Champion by owner, Chip Butty, will defend that title against either Melina, Kelly Kelly or her Laycool buddy, Michelle McCool. It will be up to the WWE Universe to make their decision on who should challenge Layla for the title ...

JERRY LAWLER
I can’t wait to find out more matches for Cyber Sunday, who will the WWE Universe choose to challenge for the WWE Championship?

MICHAEL COLE
Tonight, John Cena teams up with WWE Champion Randy Orton and a partner of their choosing to face three men from Nexus. If Nexus win, Wade Barrett will challenge for the WWE Title at Cyber Sunday. If Cena makes the winning pin, Cena will join Barrett in challenging Orton for the title ... and if Orton wins, it will be up to the champion to choose for himself! Enough of that though, next up we have the Miz live here on Monday Night Raw!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following tag team match is set for one fall. Introducing first, the team of ALEX RILEY and the current Money in the Bank holder ... THE MIZ!

Miz and Riley come out onto the stage with Riley carrying Miz’ briefcase and Miz holding a microphone as he begins his arrogant saunter down the stage. Halfway down, he holds his hand up to signal for a fading of his music ...

THE MIZ
Tonight is the night that things in the WWE change forever. It will be out with the old and out with the goofy, in with the future of the WWE in The Miz and Alex Riley as we stand tall ... Who does Triple H think he is? After eight months, he thinks that he can just walk back into the WWE and start demanding this and demanding that, claiming this and claiming that ... Newsflash! Triple H, there is a new superstar here in the WWE, a new headline act, a new ‘King of Kings’ ...

Miz hands the microphone over to Riley as he climbs through the ropes and Riley takes his chance to add his thoughts ...

ALEX RILEY
You people should get up onto your feet right now and show respect to this man, the future of the WWE, the soon to be WWE Champion! Do you realise what you are witnessing here? You people are as close to awesomeness as you are ever going to get. Show him some respect now!

The WWE Universe jeer and chant ‘You Suck!’ but the Miz laughs at them and looks quizzically at them ...

THE MIZ
We suck? Really? Really? Really? It doesn’t matter what you think anyway, deep down inside Triple H knows it, Daniel Bryan knows it, the whole WWE Universe knows it ... I am the future of the WWE, I am going to be the WWE Champion very soon, I am going to win the WWE Championship and hold onto it for a very long time. You people will respect me in the end ... because I’m the Miz ... and I’m .... AWWWWWWWWWWWWWESSSSSSOOOOOOMMMMMEEEEE!!!!

As Miz delivers his big finish, he is semi-interrupted by the music of his opponent, Daniel Bryan ...

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***

Daniel Bryan walks out onto the stage and he also has a microphone in his hand ready to respond to the Miz’ comments ...

DANIEL BRYAN
You know what, Miz? I kinda respect that you believe in yourself ... you’re wrong, but I respect that you believe that you can reach the top of this business. However, I think you’re making a big mistake ... yeah, I do ... I think that it is you who needs to show respect. You don’t disrespect an 11-time World Champion ...

The crowd applaud Daniel Bryan’s comments whilst Miz and Riley stand staring at the advancing Bryan, an icy cold glare on the face of the Miz ...

DANIEL BRYAN
Now at Cyber Sunday, Miz, Triple H has no intention of getting involved in a feud with you. He is determined that he is going to get his hands on Sheamus ... but I’m not. Since I arrived here in the WWE way back on NXT, you have done nothing but disrespect me. Therefore, I am issuing you a challenge ... me and you, one on one, at Cyber Sunday. We let the WWE Universe choose the stipulations ...

THE MIZ
What makes you think that you are in my league, Bryan? I deliberately lost the US Title to you back at Night of Champions. You are not in my league. That title is as far as you are ever going to get here in the WWE whereas me ... well, I’m heading straight for the top!

DANIEL BRYAN
If that is the case, Miz, you have nothing to fear in facing me at Cyber Sunday have you?

Miz ponders for a moment and mutters to Alex Riley who is stood beside him ...

THE MIZ
You know what? You’ve got your match. At Cyber Sunday, it will be a pleasure for me to show you once and for all who deserves the respect around here!

DANIEL BRYAN
We’ll see about that, Miz. But now, we have a match to concentrate on ...

Bryan turns his head and looks towards the titantron and waits expectantly ... the tron flashes and the music of the Game hits London once more ...

*** THE GAME ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And there opponents ... the United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN ... and the Game ... TRIPLE H!

Triple H heads for the ring with his usual entrance and joins Daniel Bryan in the corner as they prepare to start the match. It will be Daniel Bryan and Alex Riley starting the match ...

ALEX RILEY & THE MIZ vs. DANIEL BRYAN & TRIPLE H

Alex Riley takes a real beating early on in the contest as first Daniel Bryan, then Triple H, deliver some devastating offence and it’s a credit to Riley that he finally manages to make a tag to Miz ... The Money in the Bank holder points to Daniel Bryan and Triple H tags in the US Champion so that he can lock up with the Miz. However, the Miz resorts to dirty tactics to take advantage of Daniel Bryan and takes control of the match for his team. Quick, frequent tags between Miz and Riley allow them to isolate Daniel Bryan who cannot find the tag to his partner despite a couple of near misses ...

Finally, Daniel Bryan manages to catch Riley off-guard and he delivers several stunning kicks that leave both men down on the mat. The referee begins to count as both men crawl to their corners looking for the tag ... Daniel Bryan gets to Triple H and makes the tag which is noticed by the Miz who jumps down from the apron and refuses the tag from his partner, Riley. Triple H goes to work on Alex Riley and delivers a perfect back body drop that leaves Riley sprawled out on the mat. Miz continues to watch and refuses to get back on the apron as Triple H keeps an eye on him throughout ... Triple H begins to set himself for the Pedigree and has Riley in place when the Miz makes his attack. However, Hunter sees the Miz coming and cuts him off with a right hand ... with Miz wobbling, Triple H delivers a string of fists to the Awesome One and knocks him off guard before clotheslining him up and over the ropes. Hunter talks smack to Miz on the floor as a commotion can be heard building elsewhere. Triple H turns to go back to Riley when BAM! Brogue Kick from Sheamus!

WINNER: NO CONTEST (6:46)

JERRY LAWLER
Sheamus! Where did he come from?

MICHAEL COLE
This doesn’t look good for Triple H, King ... Sheamus has brought a steel pipe with him too! The same weapon he used to injure Triple H after WrestleMania!

JERRY LAWLER
A steel pipe? Oh no, not this again!

Sheamus lines up the steel pipe waiting for Triple H to get to his feet ... as he does, Sheamus waits and waits before thumping it into the stomach of Triple H who doubles up in pain on the mat ... Sheamus sets again but Daniel Bryan is now in the ring looking to stop Sheamus ... he gets a steel pipe to the shoulder and both men are down. Miz and Alex Riley are edging away up the ramp to safety as Sheamus waits again ... this time, Triple H is sent crashing down with a pipe shot to the back of the neck and Sheamus taunts to crowd with his chest bashing salute ... the crowd jeers and boos but Sheamus smiles cockily before turning his attention back to Triple H. With the steel pipe now down, Sheamus now grabs a lifeless Triple H and lifts him up high into the Celtic Cross ... dropping the 11-time champion down onto the back of his neck and shoulders ...

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***

Sheamus’ music rings out as he marches up the ramp and away leaving Daniel Bryan and Triple H laid out of the mat. He looks pleased with himself as he taunts the crowd once more from the stage. As he stands there, Triple H lifts his head up from the mat just enough to stare under the bottom rope, looking furious yet dazed ... Sheamus mockingly laughs out loud before turning his back and leaving the stage.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with a replay of the shocking ending to the last match and the attack from Sheamus to Triple H with the steel pipe. Replays are shown of Triple H being helped out of the arena and the camera pans around to a worried looking Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler ...

MICHAEL COLE
King, how devastating would it be for Triple H to fight back from a near career ending injury only to be destroyed again by the man who injured him in the first place?

JERRY LAWLER
It would be devastating but we all know what Triple H did to Sheamus at No Mercy. Knowing what Sheamus is like, you can bet he will believe that his actions tonight were justified.

MICHAEL COLE
We can only hope and pray that Hunter is not seriously injured.

JERRY LAWLER
And what about Daniel Bryan?

MICHAEL COLE
The United States Champion was also struck by Sheamus with the steel pipe as he tried to help his partner, Triple H ...

JERRY LAWLER
I notice that your main man, the Miz with Alex Riley, I notice that they didn’t try to stop the assault. They just hightailed it and got out of here. I suppose that you think that they did the right thing?

MICHAEL COLE
King, the Miz is the future of the WWE ... Why would he get in the way of a maniac brandishing a steel pipe? That would be suicidal. The Miz did the right thing.

The camera switches to the backstage interview area where Josh Matthews is waiting ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
Please welcome my guest at this time ... Randy Orton!

The crowd cheer as Orton comes into view with the WWE Championship belt over his shoulder looking chiselled and confident as he awaits the question ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
Randy ... Tonight, you’re involved in a six man tag match against the Nexus as you team up with John Cena and a mystery opponent. How will your relationship with Cena impact on this match? If Cena wins, he could be a second challenger for the title at Cyber Sunday ...

RANDY ORTON
John Cena ... It’s no secret that John Cena and myself have not seen eye to eye while we have both been here on Monday Night Raw. We’ve had some brutal battles, numerous championship matches, career threatening injuries ... Tonight, I have no problem teaming up with John Cena. But Cena needs to remember one thing: no man, whoever they are, will take this WWE Championship away from me. Tonight, we are partners but if ... and it is a big if, Josh ... if Cena manages to make the winning pinfall, then he will become just one more person destined for an ... R ... K ... O!

JOSH MATTHEWS
If you win Randy, it will be up to you to choose whether Cena gets a shot at the title. Will you allow him to challenge?

Orton looks at Josh Matthews and smirks a little before turning and walking away without giving an answer ... The camera switches back to Lawler and Cole who look serious.

MICHAEL COLE
Huge main event, King, can John Cena get the pinfall and secure himself a shot at the WWE Title? And who will be the mystery partner chosen by Orton and Cena to be on their team tonight as they face the Nexus?

JERRY LAWLER
I don’t know, Cole, but we’re about to find out!

*** WE ARE ONE ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
The following six man tag match is set for one fall. Introducing first ... THE NEXUS!

Wade Barrett leads his Nexus team down to the ring looking confident and arrogant. All five men enter the ring and Barrett heads over to take a microphone. Who will he choose to be on the Nexus team?

WADE BARRETT
I’m sure that John Cena and Randy Orton would love to get their hands on me tonight. However, that is not going to happen as Wade Barrett does not need to get involved in this match. Instead, three of my Nexus team are going to face and destroy Cena, Orton and their mystery partner. I will use the time to scout Randy Orton’s weaknesses from ringside ahead of our title match at Cyber Sunday, the night that I become WWE Champion.

The crowd jeer as Barrett looks round smugly before focusing his attention on the four other members of Nexus ...

WADE BARRETT
But which one of you four have I decided will also not take part in tonight’s match? This is a chance for three of you to show your devotion to the cause, to show what being a part of the Nexus is all about ... And Justin Gabriel? You are going to sit this one out ...

Gabriel looks shocked and his eyes widen at the decision as Heath Slater, Skip Sheffield and David Otunga prepare for the match by removing their Nexus t-shirts. Gabriel exits the ring and doesn’t look happy at being kept out of the match but Barrett heads over to him and reassures him although the conversation looks a little strained after Barrett’s decision. Suddenly, the music of John Cena interrupts and the crowd erupt with cheers.

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Their opponents ... introducing first, from West Newbury, Massachusetts ... weighing 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

Cena salutes the crowd before running down the walkway and sliding into the ring where he salutes the crowd further. The three members of the Nexus team scatter as Cena enters the ring and Cena throws his purple t-shirt into the crowd before his music disappears and is replaced by the WWE Champion’s music instead.

*** VOICES ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his partner ... from St. Louis, Missouri ... weighing 245 pounds ... he is the WWE Champion, RANDY ORTON!

Orton saunters down to the ring and into the ring where he poses for the crowd at the middle rope before getting down and coming face to face with his partner tonight, John Cena. Both men eye each other suspiciously and Cena begins to talk to Orton, looking like he is talking sense into Orton about their teaming up rather than anything else, whilst the Viper remains silent and reflective ... As they stand looking at each other, another theme rings out.

*** DOMINATION ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And ... from Guyana, South America, weighing 270 pounds ... EZEKIEL JACKSON!

The Guyanese Goliath makes his way out to a pop from the WWE Universe as he heads towards the ring as the third partner for Orton and Cena. The camera focuses on Barrett who looks a little worried as Jackson joins Cena and Orton in staring down at the Nexus outside the ring ...

MICHAEL COLE
Six man tag team match here on Monday Night Raw ... John Cena, Randy Orton and Ezekiel Jackson face Heath Slater, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield as Cena looks to force his way into title contention at Cyber Sunday! Join us after the break!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

DAVID OTUNGA, HEATH SLATER & SKIP SHEFFIELD (NEXUS) vs. EZEKIEL JACKSON, JOHN CENA & RANDY ORTON

RAW returns from the break with Ezekiel Jackson and Heath Slater in the ring and signs that Jackson is dominating the early exchanges as he picks Slater up from the mat. He lifts Slater up and hits a backbreaker that leaves Slater writhing in pain on the mat and he scrambles across to his corner and makes the tag to a reluctant David Otunga who steps through the ropes gingerly. Jackson poses with his muscles bulging to try and intimidate Otunga who tries to take his chance and catch Jackson off guard ... the first few punches hit their mark but then Jackson simply picks Otunga up and scoop slams him down to the mat to the cheers of the crowd. He grins as Otunga tags in Skip Sheffield who looks intense as he enters the ring and walks up to Jackson, nose to nose, showing that he is not to be intimidated. A staredown ensues but Wade Barrett scrambles onto the apron distracting both the referee and Jackson and allowing Sheffield to strike and he hits right hands to the Guyanan and then takes him down to the mat in the corner. As Ezekiel gets to his feet, Sheffield waits and rushes into the big man in the corner with clothesline and leaves Jackson wobbling before using a chop block to take him down. Cena and Orton both look concerned as Sheffield stands over Jackson with a smile on his face with his leader, Wade Barrett, applauding his actions. Sheffield lifts Jackson back to his feet and grips him around the waist, setting for the belly-to-belly suplex, but Jackson refuses and breaks out of the hold. With both men dazed, Jackson hits a big boot to create separation and makes the tag to the WWE Champion in the corner ...

MICHAEL COLE
Important match for Ezekiel Jackson here, King, he dominated the early stages but a little more difficulty with Skip Sheffield.

JERRY LAWLER
I’m not a fan of Nexus but this Sheffield guy is impressive. He has the build and the strength to dominate most of the WWE roster!

MICHAEL COLE
But here comes Orton now!

Orton heads for Sheffield as the crowd cheer his arrival into the match. The champion surveys Sheffield who is down on the mat and decides to hit his trademark stomps to the limbs of the fallen opponent. He stomps on the wrists and elbows of Sheffield before concentrating on the legs and knees and leaves Sheffield struggling on the mat. Orton drops and locks in a chinlock that leaves Sheffield fighting for breath. With the move locked in, Barrett resumes his worried look as Cena paces on the mat waiting for his chance to get into the match. A loud ‘RKO!’ chant echoes through the arena as Orton wrenches the chinlock further but Sheffield begins to fight up to his feet and shoots Orton off into the ropes and hits a shoulder block to send Orton down. Sheffield manages to make the tag to Heath Slater who comes into the ring like a ball of fired up energy ... and is knocked down immediately from a right hand from the WWE Champion. Cover by Orton ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Slater. As Orton lifts Slater back up, he clearly has dialogue with John Cena who has his hand out for the tag. Orton ignores the tag and goes to work on Heath Slater. He locks in a headlock and hits his inverted backbreaker before taking Slater down with a drop kick. Slater rolls out of the ring and, with the referees attention drawn, Barrett again gets up on the apron. This time, Orton connects with a kick to the gut and Barrett hits the floor outside the ring. However, as Slater rolls back in, Orton’s leg is grabbed for a moment by Justin Gabriel on the outside and Orton turns to face the South African. Momentarily losing his focus, Slater takes his chance and flies across the ring to hit his signature move – a jumping Russian leg sweep – that leaves Orton down on his back. Slater covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Orton kicks out and Cena applauds him for doing so. Otunga holds his hand out and Slater makes the tag to allow the A-Lister to set Orton up for another attack. He lifts Orton up and hits ‘The Verdict,’ a thrust spinebuster, to leave Orton down for a second time. He hooks Orton’s leg and goes for the win ... 1 ... 2 ... Another kick out from Orton! Championship instinct from Randy Orton. A frustrated Otunga tags in Skip Sheffield who looks confident as he sets himself in the opposite corner to Orton. Sheffield readies himself for his running clothesline move, ready to crush Orton’s jaw, as Orton gets to his feet ... Sheffield runs for the finisher but Orton ducks in time and counters with an Olympic Slam before beginning to make his way over for a tag to Cena ... Just as he is about to tag Cena into the match, Orton thinks and withdraws his hand to the amazement of Cena. Orton instead tags in Ezekiel Jackson with a tag to the shoulder of the big man whilst Cena shakes his head in frustration. As Jackson gets into the ring, Sheffield makes a tag to Heath Slater but the focus is now on Orton and Cena. Will they manage to get over this issue and stay together?

Heated words are heard from the Orton and Cena corner as both men wait for a possible tag from Ezekiel Jackson who looks a little puzzled as he looks over at his partners. Heath Slater again catches him off guard with a shot to the side of the head and he whips him into the Nexus corner. Slater distracts the referee as Otunga and Sheffield hammer into the back of Jackson whilst he is in their corner. Orton and Cena’s argument spills to the floor as both men argue and it looks like it is about to turn aggressive so neither of them notice the cheap shots from their opponents to their partner. Finally, the referee comes over to ensure there is no fight between Cena and Orton and Nexus take their chance. Wade Barrett jumps into the ring and lifts up the massive Jackson before hitting his Wastelands finishing move. As Jackson is down, Gabriel is ordered by Barrett to the top rope. A look of reluctance passes over the eyes of Gabriel momentarily but he makes his way up before hitting the fabulous 450 splash that leaves Jackson splattered on the mat. Slater makes the cover but Orton and Cena’s argument has distracted the referee further. Finally, the referee gets Orton and Cena back onto the apron and slides back into the ring where he sees Slater pinning Jackson ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, wait a minute! Ezekiel Jackson has kicked out!

Nexus look at each other in amazement with their hands on their heads, they were so sure they had the match won. Barrett urges Slater to stay Jackson but Ezekiel manages to lift up Heath Slater and scoop slam him to the mat. With both men struggling, Jackson begins to crawl to the corner for the tag. Who will he tag in? He looks like he is about to tag John Cena into the match when suddenly, Randy Orton reaches over and tags himself into the match to the annoyance of Cena. Orton ignores Cena’s protestations and heads straight for Skip Sheffield who has just taken the tag from Slater. Orton ducks as Sheffield comes in for a clothesline before hitting a perfect RKO ... Unfortunately for Orton, Skip Sheffield rolls out of the ring but Heath Slater tags in discretely as Sheffield rolls. Cena gets into the ring and demands a tag from Randy Orton who pushes his partner in the chest ... Slater looks to take advantage but Orton is ready and hits another counter RKO to Slater that leaves Slater down on the mat. Orton with the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... No! John Cena breaks the count by pulling Orton off of Slater. The two partner go head to head as Jackson urges them to calm down. The referee gets in the middle and guides Cena away to his corner as Slater manages to tag in David Otunga. Otunga rushes over at Orton and yet again, Orton ducks and hits a perfect RKO! Surely this time? Wait a minute, Cena has managed to make the tag! Cena tags himself in before grabbing Orton and throwing him up and over the top rope. Cena lifts Otunga up for the Attitude Adjustment ... Bam! Cover from Cena ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Cena wins the match! Cena is going to Cyber Sunday!

WINNER: John Cena, Randy Orton & Skip Sheffield (12:13)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... EZEKIEL JACKSON, RANDY ORTON & JOHN CENA!

Cena celebrates in the ring as Wade Barrett shakes his head from ringside. Cena stares down at Wade Barrett with a wide grin and waves his hand in front of his face to tell Barrett that he can’t see him. But Cena can’t see one person that Barrett can ... Barrett smiles as he beckons to Cena to turn round. As Cena does, Randy Orton hits a perfect RKO to his ‘partner’ and leaves Cena face down on the mat to a mixture of jeers and boos. Orton is handed the WWE Championship and he stares down at Wade Barrett as he stands beside Cena and raises the title belt high for all to see.

MICHAEL COLE
Cena wins the match and earns a potential place in the Cyber Sunday title match ... but it is Randy Orton who has the last laugh. Thank you for joining us tonight on Monday Night Raw!

RAW fades away as Orton stands over Cena with the title held high above him ...

********** END OF SHOW **********

CONFIRMED MATCHES

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett vs. John Cena (???)

STIPULATION TO BE ANNOUNCED
Daniel Bryan vs. The Miz

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Layla vs. Kelly Kelly / Melina / Michelle McCool

’RETIREMENT’ MATCH (TRIPLE THREAT)
Chris Jericho vs. Edge vs. John Morrison
if Jericho, Edge or both lose, they will be forced to retire from the WWE

RAW GENERAL MANAGER TO BE ANNOUNCED!

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Kane vs. The Undertaker

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Dolph Ziggler vs. Alberto Del Rio / Christian / Kaval / Luke Gallows / MVP​

 

[GCB]

My workload has increased quite a bit recently and I feel as if my thread has stalled a little. To keep it moving, I’ve decided to use a shorter recap form for Smackdown for a little while until I get a bit more free time to write the show in full again. Raw will remain a full show as will the PPV’s but I’ll get through a little faster this way.

Hope people continue to enjoy (if indeed they are) ...

FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from London, England

[YOUTUBE]RQPvWEWTpbU[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The night begins with the announcers, Todd Grisham and Matt Striker, hyping up the Intercontinental Championship contender matches. Last week, Christian defeated CM Punk after Punk’s former follower, Luke Gallows, distracted the Straight Edge Saviour. This means that Christian will be one of the three men placed into the Cyber Sunday vote to determine the challenger for the Intercontinental Title of Dolph Ziggler. Tonight, Luke Gallows himself will face MVP and newcomers Alberto Del Rio and NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval, will meet to determine the final two potential challengers for Ziggler’s title at Cyber Sunday.

*** I AM PERFECTION ***

Ziggler and his girlfriend, the consultant to the General Manager on Smackdown, Vickie Guerrero head towards the ring with Ziggler proudly carrying the Intercontinental Title. They step into the ring where Vickie battles for the attention of the London crowd before introducing her boyfriend who has a microphone. He proceeds to slam the London branch of the WWE Universe and states that he cannot wait to get away from the wind and the rain back to Florida and the sunshine. With intense jeers and heat from the crowd, Ziggler moves his attention onto Cyber Sunday and his potential challengers. He belittles all five remaining challengers, Christian and the four who face each other tonight, with specific focus on the man already guaranteed in the vote. Ziggler compares Christian to David Beckham and suggests that he is past his prime and should quit now while he is still seen as some kind of success.

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***

Christian cracks and enters the arena to survey the peeps in the audience and address Ziggler. Christian says he is proud to be compared to David Beckham, a hero to many, before describing Ziggler as ‘all style, no substance’ and telling the champion that he’s seen many young ‘stars’ break in to the WWE but fail to back it up. Ziggler responds by asking Christian what more he has accomplished in his career than him. Ziggler belittles Christian’s achievements as Tag Team Champion as being carried by a better man, as ECW Champion due to the show being axed and his multiple reigns as Intercontinental Champion as being the result of not being able to hold onto the title. Ziggler claims that he will hold the title for a long time and will certainly not be losing the gold at Cyber Sunday – whoever his opponent may be. Christian decides to issue a challenge to Ziggler for tonight: Dolph Ziggler vs. Christian. Ziggler tries to laugh it off but Vickie Guerrero quickly accepts on Ziggler’s behalf causing Dolph to give Vickie a questioning look. It’s official though: tonight, Christian will face Dolph Ziggler on Friday Night Smackdown.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Michelle McCool and Layla in the ring looking less giddy than they usually do. A replay of Chip Butty’s announcement on RAW that Layla is the Divas Champion and that Layla will defend the title at Cyber Sunday against one of Kelly Kelly, Melina or her Laycool partner, Michelle McCool, is shown. Layla, with a worried look towards Michelle, takes off her Divas Title belt and hands it to the timekeeper.

*** PAPPARAZZI ***

Melina heads to the ring and she is then joined by the other challenger for the Divas Title ...

*** HOLLA ***

... with the announcers talking about the potential for a fall-out between Laycool tonight.

LAYLA & MICHELLE McCOOL vs. KELLY KELLY & MELINA

An even contest that swings quickly one way and then the other. After a nervy opening, Laycool seem to rediscover their chemistry and Layla and Michelle McCool begin to seem more like their normal selves. With Melina down outside the ring, Layla goes to work on Kelly Kelly and leaves her struggling in the centre of the ring. Michelle looks to hit a catapult into the corner of the ring and sends Kelly flying into the corner where she collides with Melina, groggily up onto the mat, and sends a stunned Melina flying off the apron again. With Kelly struggling, McCool sets her up and delivers the Faith Breaker before getting the 1, 2, 3!

WINNER: Layla and Michelle McCool (4:52)

Michelle and Layla celebrate up the aisle whilst taunting Kelly who is sat up in the ring. As Kelly gets to her feet, she is confronted by Melina who doesn’t seem happy with Kelly’s actions in the match. Kelly argues her case but Melina turns and stomps away before Kelly seems to snap and she charges at her and smashes her through the ropes and out of the ring. As Melina lands outside, Kelly looks shocked at her actions as the pressure of an opportunity at the Divas Championship looks to have got to her a little.

The camera switches backstage where a downbeat Big Show is stood with Josh Matthews. The camera zooms away and shows Big Show’s leg strapped and a crutch being used to hold the giant star up. Josh Matthews shows the replay of CM Punk’s taunting and Jack Swagger’s assault with the Ankle Lock from last week before we see Show being helped out of the arena. A demoralised and upset Big Show tells Josh that he is angry and Jack Swagger better be ready to take the punishment when he gets back and that there will be hell to pay. Show’s anger is clear and he looks ready to explode when Swagger rolls up and taunts Big Show by laughing at him. Show desperately wants to attack but cannot move well enough and Swagger continues to taunt him from out of reach. Swagger tells Show that he is not in his league and that it is time for the big horse to be put out to pasture. Show’s head drops as he realises he cannot teach Swagger a brutal lesson right now before we return to the ring.

Todd Grisham and Matt Striker hype up the return of Evan Bourne and Mark Henry to action as the pair are shown heading from the locker room area towards the ring.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** BRINGIN’ DA HOOD T U ***

The recently reunited team of Shad Gaspart and JTG – Cryme Tyme – head towards the ring for their first appearance on Smackdown since. They salute the crowd and turn to wait for their opponents.

*** SOMEBODIES GONNA’ GET IT ***

Mark Henry heads towards the ring but he waits at the bottom of the aisle as his music fades and another theme starts up ...

*** BORN TO WIN ***

Evan Bourne joins his partner in the aisle and they make their way into the ring together to face their opponents, Cryme Tyme.

CRYME TYME vs. EVAN BOURNE & MARK HENRY

A close fought battle between two fan favourite tag teams with the dynamic Bourne performing his usual high risk offence to pump up the watching crowds. However, Cryme Tyme get on top of the smaller half of the Bourne/Henry team and try to isolate him in their corner to the frustration of Henry. With Bourne down, Cryme Tyme go for the G9 as Shad lifts JTG up by the legs and slams him down but Bourne escapes just in time and makes the tag to Henry who cleans house before focusing on JTG. With Henry in control, he hits the World’s Strongest Slam and makes the tag to Bourne who climbs the ropes ... the buzz in the arena builds as Bourne steadies himself before delivering a beautiful shooting star press, Air Bourne, before making the 1, 2, 3!

WINNER: Evan Bourne & Mark Henry (8:01)

A disappointed Cryme Tyme exit the ring as Bourne and Henry take in the cheers of the WWE Universe. They start to leave the ring together but all of a sudden, the Tag Team Champions appear behind them. With Bourne and Henry unaware of them, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes attack from behind and Henry is rammed into the barricade beside the ring. Bourne is slammed on the concrete floor and the champions slowly leave looking very proud of themselves with Bourne and Henry down and the announcers speculating about the intentions of the Tag Team champions.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Tony Chimel announcing that the next two matches will be the final two qualifying matches for the Intercontinental Title vote at Cyber Sunday.

*** EXPLODING HELMETS ***

The NXT Season 2 winner, Kaval, heads to the ring looking ready for his opportunity to earn a shot at the Intercontinental Title at Cyber Sunday.

*** FUNBA RUMBA ***

Ricardo Rodriguez introduces the Mexican who heads to the ring arrogantly playing up to the crowd looking confident of success against his much smaller opponent.


ALBERTO DEL RIO vs. KAVAL

In the early stages, Del Rio completely takes Kaval for granted by ridiculing the NXT Season 2 winner over his size. Kaval surprises him with his unique offence and gets on top in the match forcing Ricardo Rodriguez to distract him to prevent potential damage to Alberto. Del Rio takes advantage and begins to regain control as he works on the arm of Kaval to set up the finishing move, the Flying Armbar, that has taken out Rey Mysterio as well as others in previous weeks. Kaval manages to counter as Del Rio sets for the Armbar and threatens a comeback as he heads to the top rope looking for the two footed Big Stomp. As he leaps, Del Rio moves and Kaval crashes down onto the mat, losing his balance for a moment ... allowing Del Rio to attack. Within moments, Del Rio has the Armbar locked in and Kaval down on the mat tapping out for the submission win for Del Rio.

WINNER: Alberto Del Rio (Submission, 7:27)

As Del Rio celebrates his win with winks and waves to the crowd, Christian appears on the stage and stares down to the ring and Del Rio. After their No Mercy match, Christian will be hoping for some revenge as he goes up against Del Rio in the vote.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** SLOW CHEMICAL ***

Kane heads to the ring with the World Heavyweight Championship belt over his shoulder looking far more confident than he did last week. He grabs a microphone and laughs menacingly before informing the WWE Universe that he saw the Undertaker’s match with Kofi Kingston last week. The crowd cheer for the excellent Number 1 contender match from last week but Kane goes on to belittle the achievements of his brother and claims that he saw that the Undertaker had lost something, that he wasn’t the Phenom the world knew him as. Kane vows one more time to end the legacy of the Undertaker once and for all but is then interrupted by ...

*** S. O. S. ***

... Kofi Kingston. The Ghanaian shows no sign of intimidation and heads for the ring where he stands face to face with the Big Red World Champion. He speaks into a microphone and challenges Kane for a match tonight. He tells Kane that in recent weeks, he has been so close to defeating him or his brother and that he wants another chance to prove to the world that he deserves a World Championship match very soon. Kane laughs in his face and goes to punch Kofi with a cheap shot. However, Kofi ducks and hits several kicks to disorientate Kane before delivering ‘Trouble in Paradise’ to an off-guard Kane. Kofi exits the ring and heads backstage whilst the cameras remain on an irate Kane. He grabs the microphone again and demands that Teddy Long makes the match with Kofi Kingston tonight before explaining how he is going to destroy the African superstar. Suddenly, the gong sounds out and the lights go out ... the gong sounds several times with the lights flashing on between gongs and Kane looks petrified of what is happening. When the gong stops, Kane hightails it out of the ring where the stage suddenly bursts into flames to stop his path.

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

The Undertaker makes his way out through the flames and towards Kane who backs off back towards the ring clearly scared of the Undertaker. Kane stands in the ring as Taker comes towards him, the crowd going wild. Taker lifts the lights and Kane looks like he wishes he was anywhere but in the Undertaker’s path. Undertaker removes his hat and coat before moving towards Kane who stands for a moment before escaping through the ropes and running away. As he does, Undertaker takes a microphone and rasps ‘Kane ... Rest ... in ... Peace’ to the delight of the WWE Universe in the UK.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns and Todd Grisham and Matt Striker confirm that Kane will face Kofi Kingston later tonight before the final Intercontinental Championship qualifier is announced.

*** MASSACRE ***

*** I’M COMIN’ ***

Both men look confident as they prepare for the match as the Smackdown announcers discuss Luke Gallows’ distraction of CM Punk last week that denied Punk a place in the Intercontinental Championship vote.

LUKE GALLOWS vs. MVP

Neither man has opportunity to get into his stride before more music is heard ...

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***

CM Punk makes his way towards the ring and stands in the aisle to watch the match. Clearly distracted by Punk’s arrival, Luke Gallows pays the price as MVP takes control of the match. However, MVP isn’t impressed with the arrival of Punk either and takes an opportunity to tell Punk to get out of the arena. MVP retains control whilst Luke Gallows struggles to establish himself in the match and MVP hits ‘Ballin’ as he looks to end the match. However, as MVP sets up for the ‘Play of the Day’ on Gallows, Punk jumps up onto the apron to distract the referee. The referee tries to get Punk down but he refuses and MVP swings for him in temper. With MVP distracted, Gallows suddenly rolls MVP up for a quick pin. MVP kicks out but doesn’t look happy with Gallows’ actions. The match continues as Punk stands down again and watches the match with an amused look on his face. Finally, MVP hits the ‘Play of the Day’ and goes for the cover ... but Punk interferes and breaks up the 3-count. The referee disqualifies Luke Gallows and MVP is the winner although he isn’t happy with the way it went down.

WINNER: MVP (DQ, 6:14)

CM Punk heads back to the locker room whilst MVP looks after him with a frustrated look on his face. However, it will be MVP who joins Christian and Alberto Del Rio in the Cyber Sunday vote to determine the man to challenge for Dolph Ziggler’s Intercontinental Title. Todd Grisham and Matt Striker explain that voting will commence after next week’s Smackdown show on wwe.com and the WWE Universe will be able to vote on every match ahead of them starting on the night.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with an angry Luke Gallows backstage and the camera following him. He turns into a door and marches up to Teddy Long who is on the phone. Gallows tries to plead his case for a rematch with MVP next week for the final place in the vote but Teddy refuses although he admits to feeling sorry for Gallows. Gallows looks upset but then insists that he has a match on Smackdown next week with CM Punk. Teddy Long confirms that he will make this match: next week, CM Punk vs. Luke Gallows on Friday Night Smackdown.

*** I AM PERFECTION ***

The Intercontinental Champion, Dolph Ziggler, heads to the ring with Vickie Guerrero on his arm and the Intercontinental Championship gold around his waist. He gets into the ring and taunts the crowd for a while who jeer him. However, their jeers turn to cheers as Ziggler’s music is replaced by ...

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***

Christian heads to the ring to a fantastic ovation. The WWE Universe are fully behind the former Intercontinental and Tag Team champion as he looks for a morale boosting victory over Dolph Ziggler ahead of Cyber Sunday.

CHRISTIAN vs. DOLPH ZIGGLER

Christian dominates the early exchanges and is well on top until a distraction from Ziggler’s girlfriend, Vickie Guerrero, allows the champion to take control with a sleeper hold. Christian fights his way to the ropes but the damage is done and Ziggler has control of the match. Every time Christian attempts to mount a comeback, Ziggler finds a way to prevent it and when he doesn’t, Vickie Guerrero does. Eventually, Christian gets in Vickie’s face outside the ring and the crowd are willing him to take her down. However, Ziggler saves the day and slams Christian into the barricades and over into the crowd. The two men fight their way through the crowd, with Ziggler on top still, and back towards the stage area where they finally escape the crowd. Christian staggers along the stage with Ziggler stalking him waiting for a chance to hit the Zig Zag on the stage. The WWE Universe scream for Christian to escape as Dolph leaps towards Christian – and Christian grabs hold of the WWE logo on the stage as Ziggler crashes down back first onto the steel stage. With Christian stood over Ziggler, he is suddenly attacked from behind as Alberto Del Rio comes out from backstage and starts to deliver a beating as he rams Christian into the screens. He locks Christian in the Armbar but all hell is breaking out now as MVP – the fourth man potentially involved in the Intercontinental Title match at Cyber Sunday – breaks Del Rio’s hold on Christian. MVP hammers away at Del Rio and tosses him off the stage down to the floor where Del Rio lands uncomfortably as MVP does his ‘Ballin’ taunt from the stage. However, he is then caught as Ziggler hits the Zig-Zag and is the last man standing on stage as his three potential challengers lay on the floor ...

WINNER: NO CONTEST

As Dolph and Vickie head backstage, the cameras follow them where Teddy Long is waiting. He ignores Vickie’s mouthings as he informs Ziggler that next week on Smackdown, he will face all three of his challengers in a Fatal Four Way match!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

A replay of the carnage that ended the last match is shown as Grisham and Striker excitedly look forward to next week’s Fatal Four Way match between Ziggler, MVP, Del Rio and Christian. An explosion on stage signals the main event and attention is turned towards the World Heavyweight Title instead.

*** SLOW CHEMICAL ***

Kane heads down to the ring looking nervous again after his confidence earlier in the night had been shattered by the appearance of his brother. Kane looks relieved as he manages to explode the corners of the ring as he waits for his challenger on this night ...

*** S. O. S. ***

Kofi Kingston excitedly heads towards the ring as he looks to, once again, prove he is worthy of a place at the top of Smackdown. He is greeted by the cheers of the London WWE Universe and he signals for ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ in the corner as he prepares for his challenge.

KANE vs. KOFI KINGSTON

As always in recent times, Kofi delivers another impressive following as he takes the fight to the Big Red Monster. For the early part of the match, Kane is in defensive mode as he tries to avoid and stop the fireball known as Kofi. With a series of stunning kicks and acrobatic moves, Kofi has Kane wobbling and has several near falls as he looks to put Kane away. However, one big move too many leads to Kane’s counter as he avoids the ‘Boom Drop’ before using a choke hold to push Kofi through the ropes to the floor. With Kingston down, Kane takes a moment to compose himself before going after Kofi outside. He rams Kofi back first into the steel post and then head first into the steel steps despite the protestations of the referee. Kofi rolls back into the ring, helped by Kane, and the champion starts to methodically beat his opponent. As last week though, Kofi is not willing to go down without a fight and several comebacks have to be thwarted before Kane can deliver a big finish move, the Chokeslam. Kane covers Kingston for 1, 2 ... Kofi kicks out of the chokeslam, just like he did against Undertaker last week, to the delight of the WWE crowd. With Kane in shock, Kofi comes back and hits Trouble in Paradise as the crowd go mad. He covers Kane but Kane manages to grab the bottom rope to the frustration of Kofi. Kane regains control a moment later as he tosses Kofi over the top rope after Kofi leaps onto Kane’s shoulders in the corner. Kofi just beats the 10-count to get back into the ring but he is wounded as Kane waits ... Kane looks ready for the chokeslam again as Kofi begins to stagger up. As Kane looks ready to go, the lights suddenly go out and the gong sounds out ...

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

Kane is distracted as Undertaker appears on the titantron and repeats his earlier message: “Kane ... Rest. In. Peace.” The lights go back on as Kane’s signature explosion of the corner posts fires out and echoes around the arena. The Undertaker’s mind games look to have the desired effect as Kane looks around in disbelief. He turns himself back to the match and turns around and walks straight into a Flying Crossbody from Kofi Kingston from the top rope to the delight of the crowd. Kofi gets to his feet and waits as Kane looks down and out. As the Big Red Monster gets to his feet, Kofi prepares himself and then hits the ‘Trouble in Paradise’ one more time. Kofi covers the World Champion ... 1, 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Kofi Kingston (12:56)

Kofi celebrates wildly in the ring as Kane rolls out of the ring and begins to stagger away in shock and disbelief. The WWE Universe acknowledge the performance of Kofi as he salutes them from the corners of the ring and the two announcers declare it the biggest win of Kingston’s career. As they speculate on what will happen on next week’s show, Kingston is shown with a beaming smile on his face as he holds his hands up in celebration.

********** END OF SHOW **********

CONFIRMED MATCHES

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett vs. John Cena (???)

STIPULATION TO BE ANNOUNCED
Daniel Bryan vs. The Miz

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Layla vs. Kelly Kelly / Melina / Michelle McCool

’RETIREMENT’ MATCH (TRIPLE THREAT)
Chris Jericho vs. Edge vs. John Morrison
if Jericho, Edge or both lose, they will be forced to retire from the WWE

RAW GENERAL MANAGER TO BE ANNOUNCED!

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Kane vs. The Undertaker

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Dolph Ziggler vs. Alberto Del Rio / Christian / MVP​

 

[TheSheaver]

Your shows are very well put together. I'm quite impressed. Look forward to reading more and seeing how it all plays out.

 

[Gansher]

Hello, your shows are really amazing! I especially like the way you are pushing Kofi and having him involved in such a high profile rivalry. Your Hell in a Cell PPV was greatly booked and if WWE had a card like that, it would have had much more success. Please continue with the great work

 

[GCB]

MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
PREVIEW

GENERAL MANAGER TO ANNOUNCE WWE CHAMPIONSHIP STIPULATIONS!

After John Cena’s winning pinfall over the Nexus on last week’s RAW, Cena earned himself an opportunity at the WWE Championship alongside Nexus leader, Wade Barrett at Cyber Sunday. However, tensions between Cena and Orton were strained during the match and it will be up the General Manager to determine the stipulations for the contest. Remember: the WWE Universe will be voting to decide what will be happening at the PPV! What will the night have in store for the champion, Randy Orton, and his challengers, Cena and Barrett? What will the final decision be regarding the Cyber Sunday title match?

SHEAMUS ENDS THE GAME?

After putting Triple H out of action for eight months just after WrestleMania 26, Sheamus has been avoiding the Game in recent weeks despite being cost the WWE Championship at the last PPV, No Mercy. However, Sheamus returned with a bang last week as he took out Triple H with a steel pipe during a tag team match with The Miz and Alex Riley. Will the Game be on RAW to seek revenge or will Sheamus have sidelined him once again?

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP NUMBER ONE CONTENDERS TO BE DECIDED!

After wins on RAW and SMACKDOWN last week, the Hart Dynasty (victors over the Usos on RAW) and Mark Henry and Evan Bourne (victors over Cryme Tyme on SMACKDOWN) go up against each other tonight to determine the number one contenders for the Tag Team Championships at Cyber Sunday. In recent weeks, the champions Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre seem to have been avoiding the duo of Bourne and Henry but can the pair earn a title shot for the PPV?

MELINA AND KELLY KELLY GO HEAD TO HEAD!

With Kelly Kelly and Melina both in contention to face Divas Champion, Layla, at Cyber Sunday, the tension between the two grew on SMACKDOWN as Kelly Kelly shocked everybody – including herself – by throwing Melina out of the ring after their match with Laycool. Tonight, Kelly goes one on one with Melina and no doubt that Laycool will be in attendance somewhere!

JERICHO LOOKING TO BREAK LOSING STREAK ... AGAIN!

Once again, Chris Jericho will be looking to end his long losing run and secure a much needed win this week on RAW. After defeat to R-Truth last week on Superstars, he faces the rapping superstar again this week looking for a break and a change of fortunes. But can he get it against the dangerous Truth?

ALSO!

Expect to hear from The Miz and Daniel Bryan ahead of their Cyber Sunday match.

Will we hear from Edge before the General Manager reveals him or herself at Cyber Sunday?

Join us on Monday Night Raw!

CONFIRMED

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP NUMBER 1 CONTENDER MATCH
Mark Henry and Evan Bourne vs. Hart Dynasty

Chris Jericho vs. R Truth

Kelly Kelly vs. Melina​

 

[GCB]

Cheers TheSheaver and Gansher for the kind words. Am glad you like where I am going. I have big plans up ahead that should shake things up further. Hope you continue to read and comment. Maybe even review?!

MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from the Times Union Center, Albany, New York

[YOUTUBE]lqKMAPEK3Sk[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... JOHN CENA!

John Cena bounces out from backstage as his music hits and the crowd in Albany go mental for the arrival of the man who earned the right to challenge for the WWE Championship on RAW last week. Cena salutes at the top of the ramp and heads for the ring where he greets the fans and takes a microphone as Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler introduce the show.

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome to Monday Night Raw where we are now just six days away from the event where you, the WWE Universe, get to determine exactly who you see and what happens at Cyber Sunday ...

JERRY LAWLER
And here is a man who last week earned himself an opportunity to challenge Randy Orton for the WWE Championship!

MICHAEL COLE
After a defeat to Wade Barrett at No Mercy, it seemed that John Cena’s hopes of a WWE Championship were on hold but last week, the anonymous RAW General Manager made a six man tag team match and gave Cena his last chance to earn a title match!

JERRY LAWLER
It was Randy Orton, John Cena and Ezekiel Jackson who would face three members of the Nexus. After Wade Barrett decided that he wouldn’t compete ...

Replays of last week’s RAW main event are shown as Lawler speaks.

JERRY LAWLER
... John Cena managed to get the winning fall over David Otunga following the Attitude Adjustment and earned a chance to face Orton and Barrett with the WWE Title on the line at Cyber Sunday!

MICHAEL COLE
However, the night was not without difficulties for the charismatic Cena as he had a few issues with Randy Orton during the match and afterwards, King ...

JERRY LAWLER
... Randy Orton hit the RKO to an unsuspecting John Cena! Oh my word, Cole, this is going to be huge!

Attention and the camera turns back to the ring and the grinning face of John Cena who is holding the microphone and taking in the reaction of the fans. A loud ‘Cena! Cena!’ chant begins and Cena milks it before turning to face the cameras to deliver his message.

JOHN CENA
As you just saw, Cyber Sunday will see John Cena involved in the WWE Championship match with Wade Barrett ...

Loud jeers and boos from the New York crowd ...

JOHN CENA
... and WWE Champion, Randy Orton.

Cheers for the mention of the popular WWE Champion which Cena acknowledges with a hand up.

JOHN CENA
There is a lot of history between John Cena and Randy Orton. We’ve crossed paths on numerous occasions and often it has about the WWE Championship. Last week on RAW, Randy Orton hit me with an RKO. I’m not happy ‘bout that ... but Randy, I understand why ya’ did it. You did it for one reason and one reason only ... you know it, I know it. I ... am a threat ... to you.

The crowd cheer Cena’s claim and another ‘Cena!’ chant develops although this time it is accompanied by an audible ‘RKO!’ chant. Cena waits for the noise to lower before continuing.

JOHN CENA
Now, at Cyber Sunday, it is going to be Wade Barrett vs. John Cena vs. Randy Orton. There are a lot of things that can go down in a match like that. But I am out here now to guarantee one thing. There’ll be RKO’s, there’ll be ‘Wastelands’ and there is sure as hell going to be an Attitude Adjustment ... or three. But I guarantee that come the end of Cyber Sunday, there will be a new champion. And ladies and gentlemen, the champ ... will be ... here!

The Cenation cheers and sounds it’s approval at the words of Cena who looks pleased with himself. However, there is more to come as the music of another WWE superstar hits ... and neither of them are going to be facing Cena in six days time.

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***

Out of the back comes a smartly dressed Miz holding the Money in the Bank briefcase and accompanied by his apprentice, Alex Riley, who is also dressed in a suit. Miz and Riley approach the ring despite the hostility of the crowd and climb through the ropes to face Cena. Miz has a microphone and addresses Cena ...

THE MIZ
... Really?

The crowd jeer and chant ‘What?’ at Miz as he looks quizzically at Cena.

THE MIZ
Really? Really Cena?

The Miz looks annoyed with Cena who grins back at the Money in the Bank contract holder and holds his hands out to mock the Miz. Riley grabs the microphone ...

ALEX RILEY
Really?

THE MIZ
John Cena. Another has-been who fails to realise what is happening here in the WWE ...

Cena laughs out loud and looks around at the WWE Universe which riles the Miz further. Miz regains his composure and shakes his head at Cena before continuing ...

THE MIZ
Don’t you realise, John? Don’t you see it? There is no WWE superstar in the Cyber Sunday championship match that can guarantee that they will be the WWE Champion after the match. Not you, not Wade Barrett, not Randy Orton. There is only one man who – if he wanted to – could guarantee that he would be the WWE Champion. And do you know who that man is Cena?

Cena mocks the Miz again and asks ‘Who?’ whilst thinking and puzzling over it ...

THE MIZ
That man ... is ... me. I’m the only man here in the WWE who has this.

Miz lifts up the Money in the Bank briefcase for Cena to see.

THE MIZ
I can cash my contract for a WWE Championship match whenever and wherever I want. And that guarantees that when I do, I will be the WWE Champion. Guaranteed.

The crowd boo and jeer Miz who looks around arrogantly as Riley applauds him and Cena shakes his head. Cena removes his hat, scratches his head and thinks ...

JOHN CENA
That may be the case, Miz. After all, you do have you main boy, Riley, accompanying you everywhere you go ... And you do have the Money in the Bank contract. And maybe that does guarantee that you will be WWE Champion sometime soon. But let me guarantee you another thing. If you cash that contract on me, you’d better bring your best ... because I will do everything in my power to be WWE Champion.

The crowd react with cheers for Cena who takes a step closer towards the Miz.

JOHN CENA
Now, tonight ... How about you go away and stop interrupting me before something unfortunate happens to that briefcase of yours?

Cena and Miz go face to face and Cena is clearly daring Miz to do something. Miz looks furious at first but then smirks and takes a step back ... As he retreats with Riley though, the lights flash and the General Manager’s email alert echoes through the arena. Loud boos greet the sound as Michael Cole steps up to the laptop.

JERRY LAWLER
I cannot wait for next week when the General Manager has been introduced and the emails have stopped ...

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have received ...

JOHN CENA
Cole, Cole, Cole ... we know! Get on with it!

Cole glares at Cena and takes a breath before continuing ...

MICHAEL COLE
... I have received an email from the anonymous RAW General Manager ... And I quote: “John Cena, calm down right now. Tonight, you will not be facing the Miz ... I have other plans for you that I shall reveal later. However, I couldn’t help but notice that you seem to have got your wires crossed. By winning your match last week, all you did was earn a place in the vote for the WWE Championship match at Cyber Sunday. It is still up to the WWE Universe to decide whether or not you will get a place in the match.”

Cena looks on anxiously as Miz smirks again as he begins to exit the ring. Michael Cole continues on ...

MICHAEL COLE
“Now, you might imagine that you are so popular with the WWE Universe that you are certain to be given that chance. But let me remind you of something, John. There are many people in the WWE Universe who might prefer Randy Orton. They might prefer that Randy Orton faces Wade Barrett one on one. Tonight, I will be revealing the details of several Cyber Sunday votes so I’ll keep this one simple. WWE Championship, Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett. Should John Cena be added to the match? Yes ... or No?”

On the titantron, the Cyber Sunday match banner appears ...

The RAW theme music plays as we head into a commercial break with Cena looking a little unsure of his place in the Cyber Sunday title match.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***

RAW returns with the reigning Tag Team Champions, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes, heading around the ring towards the announce table.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and gentlemen, please welcome the current WWE Tag Team Champions ... CODY RHODES & DREW McINTYRE!

The champions take up seats to the right of Jerry Lawler as the bell rings for the first match to be introduced.

*** NEW FOUNDATION ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and the winners will receive a Tag Team Championship match at Cyber Sunday! Introducing first, at a combined weight of 449 pounds, David Hart Smith, Tyson Kidd ... THE HART DYNASTY!

The Hart Dynasty and Natalya head to the ring where they salute the fans before signalling their intentions to take the Tag Team Championships from McIntyre and Rhodes.

DREW McINTYRE
I really hope that the Hart Dynasty win this match.

CODY RHODES
They’re a much better test of our Tag Team skills, it would be an excellent challenge for us to take on.

JERRY LAWLER
So you don’t want to face these guys then?

*** BORN TO WIN ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Their opponents, weighing in at a combined total of 601 pounds ... MARK HENRY and EVAN BOURNE!

MICHAEL COLE
King, why are you out here insulting our guests at the announce table? Gentlemen, I’d like to welcome you to RAW, thank you for joining us out here.

JERRY LAWLER
I’m just simply clarifying that Cody and Drew don’t believe that Mark Henry and Evan Bourne deserve a title match. I don’t mean nothing by it, Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE
We all know what you mean by it, I’d like to apologise for my partners actions.

DREW McINTYRE
Michael Cole, that is OK. We are used to people like Lawler trying to suggest that we fear Evan Bourne and Mark Henry. It is simply not true. They are just not in our class. Never will be.

CODY RHODES
We believe that a match between ourselves and the Hart Dynasty would be far more worthy of a PPV and the Tag Team Championships.

EVAN BOURNE & MARK HENRY vs. HART DYNASTY
(Number 1 Contender Match for Tag Team Championships)

With the crowd pretty split over the outcome of the match between two popular teams, the match is even with all four men getting in some offense in the early stages. Mark Henry threatens to dominate when he arrives in the ring but teamwork from the quick Tyson Kidd and the wrestling ability of David Hart Smith sees the Harts regain the advantage and they look to be concentrating on keeping the World’s Strongest Man down. With Evan Bourne desperate to get the tag, the Harts manage to keep in their half of the ring with quick tags and mat wrestling. Eventually, David Hart Smith signals for the Sharpshooter and the crowd gets to their feet in anticipation of the end of the match.

DREW McINTYRE
See what we meant, Lawler? Not in our class.

CODY RHODES
Henry will be tapping like a baby in no time!

David Hart Smith holds Henry’s legs and steps through to lock on the sharpshooter. However, the girth of Henry’s legs means that Hart-Smith struggles to cross them at all. With a weak grip, Hart Smith looks to turn Henry over – no easy task – and Henry begins to resist the attempts of the British wrestler. With Kidd screaming encouragement, David Hart Smith forces one last effort but cannot quite turn Henry over and he manages to power out of the hold and send Hart Smith head first out through the ropes. Henry crawls towards the corner and just makes the tag to Evan Bourne who comes in as a ball of fire to encouragement from the crowd and to the dismay of McIntyre and Rhodes at ringside. Hart Smith makes the tag to Tyson Kidd and he goes into battle with Bourne and the two up the ante and the pace of the match. Bourne manages to get on top and sets up the Shooting Star Press, Air Bourne, as he looks to secure the win. In desperation, McIntyre and Rhodes hit the ring and Bourne is sent tumbling off the ropes behind the referee’s back as he looks to see to Henry. However, Bourne lands cat like on the mat and he turns to drop kick Rhodes off the apron to the floor. Tyson Kidd tries to mount a comeback but Bourne manages to fight him back down to the mat before tagging in Henry again. Mark Henry scoops up Evan Bourne and delivers the World’s Strongest Slam before covering for the pin. 1 ... 2 ... 3! Evan Bourne and Mark Henry are the Tag Team Championship Number 1 contenders!

WINNER: Evan Bourne and Mark Henry (6:58)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... EVAN BOURNE and MARK HENRY

As Bourne and Henry celebrate in the ring, the champions enter behind their back and McIntyre grabs Evan Bourne and throws him over the top rope. Attention is turned to Mark Henry who is taken out at the knees and a beat down ensues. But the champions did not bank on the Hart Dynasty who re-enter the ring and get involved in a fist fight with them. Henry scoops up Cody Rhodes and delivers a second World’s Strongest Slam of the night that leaves Rhodes writhing in pain and sliding out of the ring as the Hart Dynasty take out McIntyre. David Hart Smith locks in the Sharpshooter whilst Mark Henry stands over him and watches him tapping out ... Hart Smith lets McIntyre out of the Sharpshooter just as Evan Bourne gets up to the top rope. Air Bourne! Drew McIntyre feels the full force of Evan Bourne and he crumples out of the ring leaving the Hart Dynasty to wish the Number 1 contenders well in the ring.

JERRY LAWLER
Evan Bourne and Mark Henry will finally get their chance to face the Tag Team Champions for the gold at Cyber Sunday! And I’m sure they’re not happy about that!

MICHAEL COLE
It’s about time somebody taught you a lesson. How dare you treat the Tag Team champions that way?

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, shut up, Cole! Every week, all we hear from you is the Miz this and the Miz that but you feel that you have the right to question what I say to people?

MICHAEL COLE
I’m just saying that you should treat the Tag Team champions with a little bit more respect, King. They are the champions, after all ...

King rolls his eyes at Michael Cole who turns to face the camera whilst King shakes his head beside him. An advert for Cyber Sunday rolls as Michael Cole speaks over the top of it.

YOUR CHANCE TO SHAPE THE WWE!
VOTING TO COMMENCE AFTER THIS WEEK’S SMACKDOWN
www.wwe.com

MICHAEL COLE
Cyber Sunday is approaching fast and after Smackdown on Friday night, the voting lines will open for the WWE Universe to begin making their choices on wwe.com. The RAW General Manager earlier promised to finalise the voting details for RAW so stay tuned for that.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** VOICES ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

The Viper deliberately makes his way towards the ring with the WWE Championship draped over his shoulder and his RKO t-shirt below that. He enters the ring looking a picture of confidence and poses for the crowd in the corners by holding the title belt high in the air for all to see. WWE CHAMP: RANDY ORTON. He takes a microphone and the lights remain dimmed in the arena as Orton looks to comment to the WWE Universe.

RANDY ORTON
In six days time, I will be defending my WWE Championship against Wade Barrett ... and – depending how you vote – against John Cena. Last week on RAW, I RKO’d John Cena after our match against the Nexus. I have no problems facing John Cena at Cyber Sunday. If you want to see it, vote for him.

Orton’s icy stare around the arena is broken by the sound of one of his challengers heading out from the backstage ...

*** WE ARE ONE ***

Wade Barrett leads out the Nexus – David Otunga, Heath Slater, Skip Sheffield and Justin Gabriel – and they advance towards the ring and Randy Orton. They surround the ring and a tense Randy Orton lays down the WWE Championship as he prepares to try and defend himself. Barrett orders the other four members of Nexus to enter the ring and it is clear what is happening here ... Nexus are trying to take out Randy Orton ahead of the Cyber Sunday match. Barrett stands in the aisle whilst Orton looks around him at the menacing sight of the Nexus ... waiting to attack ... waiting for the order ...

WADE BARRETT
How typical of you, Orton. You come out here and spend your time talking about John Cena. John Cena? He’s not even guaranteed a place in the Cyber Sunday main event yet you deem him to be more important, more dangerous, more of a threat than the Nexus and me?

Orton’s thoughts are still pre-occupied with the four Nexus members around him as Barrett steps up the steel ring steps and stands facing Orton from the corner of the ring.

WADE BARRETT
Remind me again, Orton. Which man has a pinfall victory over you in the last few weeks? Which man should you be worrying about? Which man has four loyal men who are willing to destroy you to ensure that the Nexus win the WWE Championship?

The crowd are quiet with worry over the actions of Nexus as they continue to threaten Orton who backs off to a corner with the Nexus members still surrounding him.

WADE BARRETT
Maybe we’d better remind you of where your real focus should be, Orton?

Barrett smirks and signals for the Nexus members to move in for the kill but a loud cheer distracts Barrett and his crew. The cameras show that John Cena and Ezekiel Jackson are heading towards the ring and they slide in to confront the Nexus ... but the Nexus slide out and retreat away. Cena mouths towards the Nexus leader and his men but Jackson picks up the title belt and hands it back to Orton as a sign of respect. Orton nods to Jackson before turning towards Cena ... Cena looks at him and a look of respect passes between them. As Nexus retreats up the aisle, the lights flash again and there is the sound of another General Manager email ... Cole gets to his feet and opens the laptop to read.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “Gentlemen. A couple of quick announcements. At Cyber Sunday, it will be Randy Orton and Wade Barrett – and possibly John Cena – for the WWE Championship. What it will not be is Wade Barrett and the Nexus. I am officially barring Nexus from ringside for the WWE Championship match at Cyber Sunday!”

The crowd cheer as Wade Barrett looks on with a grimace. The other Nexus members are none too impressed and they show it behind their leader.

MICHAEL COLE
“And if any member of Nexus tries to get involved in the match, I will personally fire them on the spot!”

More cheers for the announcement from the General Manager as he ensures that if Barrett is going to be WWE Champion, he is going to have to earn it fair and square ...

MICHAEL COLE
“Also, I’ve decided on tonight’s main event for Monday Night Raw. We will repeat the main event of last week but this time I will decide on one member of the Nexus team. Tonight, it will be John Cena, Randy Orton and Ezekiel Jackson against ... Wade Barrett and two other members of Nexus.”

A huge announcement and Nexus head back out of the arena with some disgusted looks on their faces. Jackson and Orton look happy in the ring whilst Cena’s focus remains on the Nexus members as they leave the ring. The cameras switch backstage and we see Chris Jericho preparing to enter for his match with R-Truth.

MICHAEL COLE
On Sunday, Chris Jericho could find himself retired from the WWE if he fails to win his match against Edge and John Morrison. Tonight, he faces R-Truth in a match that he desperately needs to win to get back on track ahead of the huge match on Sunday.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** WHAT’S UP? ***

RAW returns with R-Truth in the ring rapping to his ‘What’s Up?’ song and performing his usual entrance. After he asks ‘Albany, New York’ what’s up, Truth prepares for his match.

*** BREAK THE WALLS DOWN ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. In the ring, from Charlotte, North Carolina ... R-TRUTH!

The crowd give a cheer for Truth as he jogs on the spot in the ring awaiting Jericho who is heading down to the ring with less attitude than normal. His losing streak looks to be on his mind as he enters the ring with an anxious look and none of the bravado he is famous for ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, from Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada ... CHRIS JERICHO!

CHRIS JERICHO vs. R-TRUTH

Despite the lack of bravado, Jericho seems to be supremely focused tonight and he sets about R-Truth in determined fashion and takes out his right leg early and zones in on this. With Truth down in the corner, Jericho drops out of the ring and wraps Truth’s leg around the ring post to leave Truth writhing in agony as Jericho pulls and pulls on the ankle. Using 4 seconds of the 5-count given, Jericho relinquishes the hold but then crashes the side of Truth’s knee into the post and, for the first time, a look of confidence passes across Jericho’s face. He continues to work the leg and knee back in the ring taking all the liberties he can with the referee. As Truth struggles to his feet, Jericho looks to hit the Codebreaker and hits it perfectly. Unfortunately for Jericho, he catches it too well and Truth’s momentum takes him through the ropes to the outside where a frustrated Jericho is forced to head rather than make the 3-count. He drags Truth back into the ring and covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Kick out from R Truth!

MICHAEL COLE
Jericho in control here, can he get the better of R-Truth and end the losing run?

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with Jericho still in control over R-Truth and still working on the damaged right leg. However, Jericho allows Truth to his knees and this allows Truth to mount a short offence and get the crowd behind him. He manages to counter Jericho and hobbles to his feet in order to hit a clothesline that takes down Jericho and allows Truth some recovery time as he adjusts his knee padding. As he heads for Jericho again, he is thwarted as Jericho complains to the referee in order to protect himself. As the referee’s back gets turned, Jericho blindsides Truth and regains the control of the match. He works the knee again and then sets up the Walls of Jericho which he locks in with Truth in real pain. Unbelievably to Jericho, as it seems he has got the win at last, Truth reaches and stretches and somehow makes it to the bottom rope forcing the break. Jericho throws a mini-tantrum and the referee has to explain several times that Truth had reached the bottom rope. Jericho exits the ring and pulls the top off the RAW announce table before throwing it down in temper. With the referee counting, Jericho rolls back into the ring and the referee tells him off for his petulance. As the referee checks on Truth, he doesn’t notice Jericho reach into his trunks and take out a pair of brass knucks – a common trick used by Jericho recently.

Truth slowly gets to his feet with his right leg struggling. As Jericho lines up for the finish, trying to keep his fist out of view from the referee, he edges closer and closer towards Truth ... he swings at Truth who ducks just as quick and rolls Jericho up ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Jericho had grabbed the bottom rope out of sight of the referee so it didn’t count! R-Truth surprises Jericho yet again!

WINNER: R-Truth (11:17)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... R-TRUTH!

As R-Truth celebrates outside the ring, Jericho complains vehemently to the referee and throws another mini-tantrum. He weighs things up in his mind and then – the brass knucks still on his fist – he swings a punch at the referee before storming out of the ring with a look of anger spread across his face. With the referee knocked cold, officials pour out of the locker room area to the aid of their fallen comrade whilst Jericho storms out of the arena and backstage.

MICHAEL COLE
What on earth did Jericho do that for?

JERRY LAWLER
Jericho was clearly unhappy with the official but that doesn’t excuse what he just did. A wrestler should never treat an official like that.

The camera switches backstage to Jericho as he storms through the backstage area. He ducks into a dressing room bearing the name plate CHRIS JERICHO, picks up a bag and turns back out to leave. He stalks past stunned officials and low-card wrestlers scattered around the backstage area and out towards the parking lot. He walks past a stunned Edge who is speechless for a change but is stopped at the door by an irate looking John Morrison.

JOHN MORRISON
Hey man, this time you took things too far. What did you do that for?

Jericho looks Morrison in the eye and smirks before pushing past the man he will face at Cyber Sunday with his career on the line and out of the arena ...The cameras return to the arena where the referee is shown being helped away on a stretcher. A solemn looking King and Michael Cole are shown.

MICHAEL COLE
An unbelievable turn of events, what was Chris Jericho thinking?

JERRY LAWLER
Jericho is obviously very frustrated right now but he will be fined, possibly suspended, maybe worse for those actions a minute ago. I don’t know what just happened in Jericho’s head but no WWE superstar should ever lay hands on an official here.

MICHAEL COLE
A disturbing sight ...

JERRY LAWLER
I can understand Jericho being upset but there was no need for that.

A replay of Sheamus’ attack on Triple H last week is shown before we see a recording from earlier in the night ...

MICHAEL COLE
Well, during the last match between Jericho and R-Truth, our cameras backstage caught the arrival of the Game, Triple H.

JERRY LAWLER
Great news to see that Triple H is still fit and raring to go but I can’t help feeling that this is going to get ugly real soon.

The cameras switch to Triple H prowling around the backstage area holding his trademark sledgehammer and looking round with one person clearly his target: Sheamus. Triple H comes across a startled set of Bella Twins whom he stops at ...

TRIPLE H
Have you seen Sheamus?

BELLA TWINS
Err, no, we haven’t seen him ...

As soon as the Bellas answer negatively, Triple H moves on angrily pacing around looking for the man who tried to end his career for a second time on RAW last week. The cameras return to the ring where we see Melina and Kelly Kelly.

MICHAEL COLE
Both these two women are hoping to gain the WWE Universe’s vote to face Layla at Cyber Sunday. On Smackdown, the pressure seemed to be getting to Kelly Kelly as she turned on Melina ...

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, Kelly Kelly, that is completely out of character! She’s usually so lovely!

KELLY KELLY vs. MELINA

In a short match, all is even until the arrival of Laycool into the arena ...

*** NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***

JERRY LAWLER
Oh no, what do these two want?

MICHAEL COLE
Layla is the Divas Champion, she could be facing one of these two at Cyber Sunday. She’s obviously here to check out her potential competition.

JERRY LAWLER
Someone pass me some earplugs before they start talking, please!

Layla and Michelle McCool – Layla’s third potential opponent for Cyber Sunday – stand at ringside and watch the action as Kelly and Melina try to concentrate on their match. However, neither can concentrate with the proximity of Laycool as they comment and taunt the two Divas in the ring. Eventually, Melina manages to hit the Primal Scream, her split legged pinfall move and makes the count ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Melina (3:47)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... MELINA!

As Kelly Kelly rolls away and Melina has her hand held aloft by the referee, Layla – the only member of Laycool with the title belt now – takes a microphone and gets into the ring. With Kelly in the aisle, Michelle outside and Melina in the corner, Layla takes her chance to address her potential opponents at Cyber Sunday.

LAYLA
In six days, I will be defending the Divas Championship against either Michelle ... Cry Baby Melina ... or Smelly Kelly. If the WWE Universe chooses my partner Michelle, she will refuse to take part. It’s so unfair of Chip Butty to include her in the match. We will not be fighting so there is no point voting for Michelle ...

The crowd boo this announcement as Michelle and Layla try to quieten the crowd.

LAYLA
And as for the other two ladies ... there is no way that I will be losing against you. Neither of you is like me ... flawless! You might as well not even show up. Isn’t that right, ‘Chelle?

MICHELLE McCOOL
That’s right, Layls. At Cyber Sunday, Layla will retain the Divas Championship whether you like it or not. Yay!

The Laycool girls excitably pose in the ring and taunt their rivals with no ill-feeling between them over the recent developments over the Divas Championship. The camera switches backstage again and we see Triple H still searching the backstage area with his sledge hammer in his hand. He aggressively opens doors and demands to know if people have seen Sheamus before continuing. He rounds a corner and finds his path blocked by ... The Miz and Alex Riley, briefcase in Miz’ possession. Both men take a step back at the sight of the sledgehammer but hold their ground ...

TRIPLE H
Have you seen Sheamus? If not, get out of my way.

THE MIZ
Have we seen Sheamus? Errr ... really? Really? Rea ....

Triple H confronts both men with the sledgehammer held in a threatening way and Miz and Riley both reel against a wall ...

TRIPLE H
I am not in a mood to be messed around tonight. Now I asked you a question: have you seen Sheamus?

A shake of the head from Riley gives Hunter the answer he needs and he moves on. However, Miz calls out and stops him in his tracks again.

THE MIZ
Really? Threatening people with a sledgehammer?

Triple H turns round and faces Miz again. This time, he drops the hammer and takes a step back towards the Money in the Bank contract holder and his apprentice. Hunter thinks carefully for a moment before speaking in a calm voice despite the anger he has built up in him over the past week ...

TRIPLE H
Since I came back to the WWE three weeks ago, you seem to think that you have the right to insert yourself into my business. Now I don’t care what you have achieved since I have been out injured, you are not in my league. On my first night back, I defeated you. Now let me give you some advice. Concentrate on winning that WWE Championship. When you do, if you do, then I might be interested in getting involved with you. Until then ... get out of my face!

ALEX RILEY
Who do you think you are?

Both Miz and Triple H look round shocked at Riley who has taken a step forward towards Triple H ...

ALEX RILEY
You have been out of the picture for 8 months and, in that time, The Miz has become the most awesome superstar of all time. You tell him not to disrespect you? How about I teach you some respect tonight?

A shocked Miz looks at Riley and Triple H smirks for a moment before regaining his angry look ...

TRIPLE H
You’re on. You’ve chosen a bad night to pick a fight with me though, I guarantee that.

A scuffling noise is heard behind Triple H and he turns quickly to look behind him. There is nobody there ... but his sledgehammer has disappeared from the ground. Hunter shoots off around the corner looking to catch whoever has just taken it ...

THE MIZ
What are you thinking, Riley?

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********​

 

[GCB]

MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from the Times Union Center, Albany, New York

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***

Alex Riley comes out dressed for action with his college jacket and trunks whilst the Miz, still dressed in a smart suit, accompanies him with the briefcase in hand. Miz has a microphone and signals for a fade of the music as he gets halfway to the ring ...

THE MIZ
Now before Alex Riley’s match with Triple H ...

Miz looks at Riley again, who now looks worried, with a shake of his head and a look of annoyance on his face. He continues ...

THE MIZ
... I have a few issues to address about my match with Daniel Bryan at Cyber Sunday. The General Manager informed me last week that there would be three stipulations for the match and that the WWE Universe would be choosing one of them. Since then, I have not been told anything, again disrespected by people here in the WWE.

Miz and Riley step into the ring and stand centrally with Miz looking annoyed still. Jeers and boos accompany their entrance but Miz is not put off.

THE MIZ
Now I demand to know what the stipulations are. So, if you’re listening, General Manager, you’d better inform Michael Cole right now so he can announce them to the world.

After a short pause, the lights flash and the email alert rings out around the arena. Michael Cole steps up to the laptop ...

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “First of all, this is the end of an era. This is likely to be the last email I send as the anonymous RAW General Manager. In six days time, I will be revealing myself to the world at the Cyber Sunday PPV.”

Miz looks annoyed by this announcement and urges Cole to get on with the email.

MICHAEL COLE
“Miz ... You will be facing Daniel Bryan at the Cyber Sunday PPV and I have decided that the WWE Universe will vote for one of three stipulations. Before they are announced though, please let us welcome out ...”

A look of disgust appears on the face of Michael Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE
“... welcome out the United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN!”

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***

Daniel Bryan enters the arena with his new ‘Daniel Bryan, Tap or Snap’ t-shirt on and heads towards the ring high-fiving the WWE Universe as he does. He enters the ring and stands across from Miz with the United States Championship, that he won from Miz back at Night of Champions, around his waist.

MICHAEL COLE
And I continue ... “At the Cyber Sunday PPV, it will be Daniel Bryan, the United States Champion, against the Miz, the Money in the Bank contract holder. The WWE Universe will be voting for one of three stipulations ... and I have decided to make things a lot more interesting! You see, gentlemen, at Cyber Sunday, you will face each other with three stipulations ...”

Michael Cole looks disgusted again as he reads on and shakes his head. Momentarily lost for words, he looks up at the Miz who is now looking anxious in the ring. Still shaking his head, Cole looks apologetically towards Miz and makes the announcement ...

MICHAEL COLE
“three stipulations. Option A: The winner of the match at Cyber Sunday will have the right to be the General Manager of one episode of RAW before the end of 2010 ... Option B: The winner of the match at Cyber Sunday will be the United States Champion ... or Option C: The winner of the match at Cyber Sunday will be ... the Money in the Bank contract holder.”

The crowd explodes at the last option as Miz looks furious at the idea that he could be defending his Money in the Bank contract against Daniel Bryan at Cyber Sunday if the WWE Universe vote that way. He picks the microphone back up and launches a furious tirade towards Michael Cole ...

THE MIZ
You cannot be serious, General Manager? I won the Money in the Bank contract fair and square, the idea of me defending it against Daniel Bryan is ludicrous. You cannot do that to me, I’m the Miz, the most must-see WWE superstar in a generation.

MICHAEL COLE
Miz, I’m not the General Manager, I’m just the messenger. I agree with you, it’s ridiculous that you should have to defend your contract ...

THE MIZ
You’re too right, it is. Daniel Bryan is the lowest of the low here in the WWE, he does not deserve any chance to become WWE Champion and he certainly does not have the right to challenge for my Money in the Bank contract.

Jerry Lawler gets to his feet at ringside and picks up a microphone of his own ...

JERRY LAWLER
Moan, moan, moan, whine, whine, whine ... Don’t you get it, Miz? The RAW General Manager knows what we all know, you’re a cowardly, spineless man who somehow managed to win the Money in the Bank match. You do not deserve to be able to challenge for the WWE Championship! All you do is moan and whine and find ways to get out of dangerous situations. The WWE Universe would much prefer someone like Daniel Bryan to be in possession of your contract!

THE MIZ
You’d better sit yourself down, Lawler, before I come out there and put you down.

Daniel Bryan walks over and stands between the Miz and his path towards Jerry Lawler with a smirk on his face, he is amused by the whole thing but seems happy with the potential stipulations ...

MICHAEL COLE
What has any of this got to do with you, King? There you go again, taking the spotlight. Your time has past ...

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, shut your mouth, Cole. Otherwise, I may have to shut it for you again like I did at No Mercy!

MICHAEL COLE
How dare you? I am the voice of the WWE, the Miz is the future of the WWE, how dare you treat us in this way? Someone needs to shut your mouth once and for all!

THE MIZ
Calm down, Michael Cole. Everything will be fine. If these people decide to force me to defend my Money in the Bank contract against Daniel Bryan, then I will do just that. Because I am the future of the WWE and I am the greatest superstar here on RAW. I am a future WWE Champion. I am the Miz ... and I’m ... AWWWW ...

*** THE GAME ***

Miz’ catchphrase is cut short as Triple H’s music explodes from the speakers. The 13-time World Champion enters in his time-honoured way complete with the flashing green lights, spotlights and the water bottle. As he stands on the ropes in the corner and the lights return, Miz and Daniel Bryan are now outside the ring, Miz in his apprentice’s corner and Bryan still in front of the announce table ... Triple H and Alex Riley stare at each other in the centre of the ring and wait for the referee to ring the bell.

ALEX RILEY vs. TRIPLE H

A short, squash match and Alex Riley never gets a look in. Triple H dominates after an early flurry of right hands from Riley that catch HHH off guard initially after a distraction from the Miz. Triple H hits a back body drop to take control, a high knee leaves Riley down on the mat and Hunter picks him up and sets for the Pedigree ... which he hits to huge cheers from the WWE Universe. He covers Riley but it’s all academic ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Triple H (1:43)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... TRIPLE H!

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, how sweet was that? Alex Riley face down on the mat from the Pedigree! Maybe Riley will learn now that he should never go making wild claims about teaching Triple H respect!

MICHAEL COLE
The announcement of the General Manager and all the problems before the match, King, they had taken Riley’s focus away. He would have given Triple H a better match without all that!

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, Cole, give it a rest! Alex Riley was lucky to last as long as he did with the Game!

MICHAEL COLE
You know what, King? Somebody is going to teach you another lesson real soon, just like Miz and Riley did at No Mercy ...

JERRY LAWLER
Is that a threat, Cole?

King takes off his headset and stands up to look down on Michael Cole who immediately starts to backtrack ...

MICHAEL COLE
It’s not a threat, King, I was just pointing out that ... Wait a minute!

The Miz jumps Daniel Bryan who has turned his back to watch the Cole and Lawler argument. Miz’ attack sends Daniel crashing down to the floor and Miz looks to set Bryan up for the Skull Crushing Finale ... but Bryan reverses it and takes Miz down to the mat where he locks on the LeBell Lock ... will Miz tap out? No ... Alex Riley comes around and Bryan releases the Miz and stands waiting for Riley’s attack which now doesn’t come ...

JERRY LAWLER
You know what, Cole? I think that on Sunday night, the WWE Universe and Daniel Bryan will end the Miz’ dreams of becoming the WWE Champion! And I cannot wait for that!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with the cameras focused on Nexus in a huddle in their locker room with Wade Barrett issuing instructions in the middle. David Otunga notices the camera and ushers it away out of the locker room. The cameras switch to Randy Orton with his WWE Championship who is talking to Ezekiel Jackson but there is no sign of John Cena right now ... The camera switches back to the announce table where Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler are sat back down after their issues before the commercial break.

MICHAEL COLE
A huge main event to come, King, three members of Nexus ...

JERRY LAWLER
- including leader, Wade Barrett ...

MICHAEL COLE
... three members of Nexus including Wade Barrett face the WWE Champion, Randy Orton, Ezekiel Jackson and the man who could join Barrett and Orton in Cyber Sunday’s WWE Title match ... John Cena!

JERRY LAWLER
And after last week, have the problems between Cena and Orton gone away?

MICHAEL COLE
With Cyber Sunday just six days away, it’ll be a huge ma ... wait a minute, King, I’m getting word of a disturbance backstage.

JERRY LAWLER
It’s not Miz again, is it?

The cameras switch backstage where we see Triple H laid face down on the floor and the sledgehammer beside him, clearly just used to attack him. As the camera zooms out, we see the figure of Sheamus stood over the Game with a look of contentment on his face ...

SHEAMUS
I told ya’ fella, didn’t oi? Stay out of moi way! But you wouldn’t listen, Hunter ... At Cyber Sunday, I’m going to be facing you, one on one. And it is up to the WWE Universe to decide if it will be a Last Man Standing match ...

The crowd jeer Sheamus but there are some cheers of anticipation for a Last Man Standing match ...

SHEAMUS
... a Chain match ...

More cheers from the crowd who are eager to see Triple H take out Sheamus ...

SHEAMUS
... or an Ambulance match.

The crowd cheer again – but which option will they choose?

SHEAMUS
Now, oi don’t care which type of match you decide to put moi in. Oi will win the match and end your career, Triple H ...

Loud jeers are heard but Sheamus smiles an evil smirk and turns and walks away to leave Triple H laid out on the backstage floor ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** WE ARE ONE ***

The Nexus – led by the only man we know will represent them in this match, Wade Barrett – head towards the ring with the boos of the crowd ringing in their ears. They look unperturbed though and cockily make their way into the ring where they again huddle up for more instructions from Barrett ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This six man tag team match is set for one fall. Introducing first ... the NEXUS!

*** VOICES ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And their opponents, introducing first ... from St. Louis, Missouri, he is the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

Orton walks down to the ring carrying the title over his shoulder. Barrett’s eyes focus on the belt as Orton enters the ring and faces the Nexus group who look like they want to attack but manage to hold back ...

*** DOMINATION ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His partner, from Guyana, South America and weighing 270 pounds ... EZEKIEL JACKSON!

The anticipation builds as Jackson and Orton face the Nexus in the ring. Slowly, Skip Sheffield and Heath Slater back away and exit the ring leaving David Otunga and Justin Gabriel as the apparent partner for Wade Barrett in this match. The crowd wait and then ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And from West Newbury, Massachusetts, weighing 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

Cena races to the ring and joins forces with Orton and Jackson in the ring. He embraces Ezekiel Jackson but there is a tense handshake between himself and Orton as the two remember last week and the fact that Cena could be challenging for Orton’s WWE Championship at Cyber Sunday as well.

EZEKIEL JACKSON, JOHN CENA & RANDY ORTON vs. NEXUS (Wade Barrett, David Otunga and Justin Gabriel)

The match starts with Ezekiel Jackson and David Otunga in the ring and the Guyana superstar begins to dominate the A-Lister immediately. After several stunning clotheslines and shoulder blocks, Otunga is forced to make the tag to the leader, Barrett, who enters the ring with a confident look on his face. Jackson again looks set to dominate as he gets the upper hand but Barrett counters with a kick to the gut and a knee to the head sends Jackson out through the ropes to the outside. Barrett taunts Cena and Orton to distract the referee and the beating begins on the outside as Gabriel joins Slater and Sheffield in delivering kicks to the fallen Jackson. Eventually, Orton realises what is happening and drops down from the apron to go to the rescue of Jackson forcing Nexus to back away ...

The referee orders Orton back to the corner and begins the count on Jackson who gets back into the ring at 7. Barrett now has control and he begins a slow methodical beating of Jackson before tagging in his partner, David Otunga, who is now recovered and wants another shot at Jackson now he is down. Otunga locks Jackson into a rear naked choke hold whilst positioning his knee into the small of his back. Jackson struggles to survive and tries to edge towards his partners but cannot get away. Otunga rides his way up and locks a headlock instead and tries to wrench it harder but Jackson now begins to power up. Lifting himself up, he lifts Otunga into a suplex and causes separation before reaching out to tag a partner in. Both Cena and Orton’s hands are stretched out and Jackson tags both at the same time causing confusion as both men enter the ring. As Cena and Orton notice, they stare at each other with neither man looking willing to back out ... Eventually, the referee ushers Orton back out as Cena turns to watch ... as he turns back round, Otunga is back on his feet and hits his finishing manoeuvre, the Verdict (thrust spinebuster), leaving Cena down on his back. Otunga covers for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Cena kicks out looking a little shocked but not beaten ...

MICHAEL COLE
Kick out from Cena! Can he get back into this match? We’ll find out after this break ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

RAW returns with Cena in the Nexus corner and Justin Gabriel now tagged in and beating away at Cena. With Cena covering up and slipping down, Gabriel reverts to stomping Cena in the chest and the referee has to intervene and stop Gabriel. Of course, this is just what Nexus want and Barrett and Otunga take their opportunity to choke out Cena in the corner to the cries of protest from the WWE Universe. A groggy Ezekiel Jackson and a pumped up Randy Orton wait on the ring apron as Gabriel tags in Wade Barrett who signals that the match is over. He picks Cena up and lifts him up for Wastelands ... but Cena wriggles free and tags in Randy Orton who enters like a ball of fire. He takes Barrett down and begins to unwind as he pummels the Nexus leader before stomping on different limbs in turn. Gabriel and Otunga both attempt to stop Orton but he rocks them both with clotheslines before throwing them over the top rope and out of the ring. Orton then drops to the mat and pummels the apron and the crowd anticipate the RKO coming ... As Barrett gets to his knees, the crowd are going crazy as Orton slithers and slides into the opportune position to strike ... Barrett gets to his feet ... RKO! Orton hits the RKO! He goes for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Cena drags Orton off Barrett and stands there looking at Orton with a defiant look on his face. There are some boos in the crowd but most are in shock. What is Cena doing?

Orton gets to his feet and looks at Cena for an explanation, his eyes narrowing as he stares into Cena’s ... Cena clearly tells Orton that he wants to pin Wade Barrett and points to himself. Orton looks unimpressed and pushes Cena hard in the chest. As Cena goes to respond, Ezekiel Jackson gets between the two men and holds them apart. The other members of Nexus now also enter the ring and they appear to side with Cena and, for a moment, it looks as if Cena has joined the Nexus. But it’s not true, Cena turns and start to fight with Slater and Sheffield as Gabriel and Otunga go up against Orton and Jackson. Another RKO from Orton leaves Otunga stunned and Jackson throws Gabriel through the ropes ... Cena and Slater battle to the outside and are followed by Skip Sheffield as Orton watches his partner fighting up the aisle. The three men disappear through the crowd and backstage as Orton looks on ... the referee signals that Orton is the legal man and he turns to go after Barrett again. However, Justin Gabriel hits him with a perfect drop kick that staggers Orton and takes him down. A clothesline from Barrett takes down Jackson and the double team can begin as Gabriel and Barrett beat the WWE Champion down to the mat. Barrett points to Gabriel and then to the top rope ...

Barrett slams Orton down onto the mat and Gabriel makes his way onto the top rope. With Orton now positioned perfectly, Gabriel composes himself and then delivers the lethal 450 splash that leaves both men winded and Orton in considerable pain. As Jackson looks to re-enter the ring, Barrett smashes him back down off the apron into the barricade before ordering Gabriel back out of the ring. Barrett lifts Orton onto his shoulders as Gabriel exits looking a little miffed ... Wastelands! Barrett with the cover to the WWE Champion ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Wade Barrett has beaten the WWE Champion for a second time!

WINNER: Wade Barrett, Justin Gabriel and David Otunga (12:32)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners ... THE NEXUS!

MICHAEL COLE
A second win for Wade Barrett over Randy Orton in two weeks. Is the WWE Championship in jeopardy at Cyber Sunday?

JERRY LAWLER
It most certainly is, Cole. Orton better not be concentrating on John Cena on Sunday – this man is the big danger to him!

MICHAEL COLE
Details of how to vote for Cyber Sunday to be revealed on Smackdown or on wwe.com. We’ll see you on Sunday at Cyber Sunday!

********** END OF SHOW **********

CONFIRMED MATCHES

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP
Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett (vs. John Cena?)
WWE Universe: Will John Cena be entered into the match as well?

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP
Kane vs. The Undertaker
WWE Universe: What type of match will it be?

Sheamus vs. Triple H
WWE Universe: Last Man Standing, Chain Match or Ambulance Match?

US CHAMPIONSHIP (?)
The Miz vs. Daniel Bryan
WWE Universe: Will the winner receive a night as General Manager, the US Championship or the Money in the Bank contract?

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Layla vs. ???
WWE Universe: Will Kelly Kelly, Melina or Michelle McCool face Layla for the title?

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP
Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes vs. Mark Henry and Evan Bourne

RAW RETIREMENT MATCH
John Morrison vs. Edge vs. Chris Jericho
If Edge and/or Chris Jericho is defeated, they will be retired from the WWE!

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
Dolph Ziggler vs. ???
WWE Universe: Will Alberto Del Rio, Christian or MVP face Ziggler for the title?​

 

[This is the return of WTM]

Not bad GCB, can't wait for Cyber Sunday.

 

[Gansher]

Another solid show m8! The idea of having Miz potentially defend his Money in the Bank is an excellent idea. Just one question. Do we actually get to vote or do you already have the entire storyline mapped out?

 

[GCB]

I'm going to let you vote of course. Hopefully, I'll get enough responses to make it worthwhile. I have got things mapped out but your responses could sway the way I get to the Royal Rumble. By the Rumble, I will bring things into line with my plan. Am hoping to get Smackdown done before the end of the weekend/Monday at the latest so that I can give it a full week for people to vote on it as I won't be able to write until next weekend after that.

 

[GCB]

Details of how to vote for your Cyber Sunday matches are at the end of the show. Please PM me as soon as possible!

@ Da Prophet, thanks for the PM. You might want to just check the vote list below and send an updated version as a few things changed in the last Smackdown show before Cyber Sunday!

FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from HSBC Arena, Buffalo, New York

[YOUTUBE]RQPvWEWTpbU[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

Smackdown begins with Todd Grisham and Matt Striker reminding us of what happened last week as MVP and Alberto Del Rio secured their places in the Cyber Sunday vote for the Intercontinental Championship shot at Dolph Ziggler. They remind us that the WWE Universe will be choosing between Christian, MVP and Del Rio on wwe.com immediately after tonight’s Smackdown show. Vickie Guerrero comes out on the stage with an ‘Excuse me?’ and proceeds to introduce her boyfriend, the Intercontinental Champion himself ...

*** I AM PERFECTION ***

Dolph Ziggler heads out ready to compete as Grisham and Striker remind us about the announcement of General Manager Teddy Long last week that tonight would see a Fatal 4-Way match between the Intercontinental Champion and his challengers. Ziggler heads to the ring looking confident with Vickie on his arm.

*** FUNBA RUMBA ***

Alberto Del Rio is announced by his personal ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez, and heads out in a fancy Mercedes convertible car. He heads to the ring where he takes a microphone and introduces himself (but you already knew that) before turning to Ziggler. He informs Ziggler that at Cyber Sunday, the people of the WWE Universe should be voting for the virtuous man, the man of excellence, Alberto Del Rio – and that he will become the new Intercontinental Champion.

*** I’M COMIN’ ***

Interrupting the flow of Alberto Del Rio, MVP comes out from backstage looking pumped up and ready to fight. He performs his usual entrance before indicating to Ziggler that he intends to win the Intercontinental Championship at Cyber Sunday. However, there is one more man heading to the ring ...

*** CLOSE YOUR EYES ***

Christian heads for the ring and surveys the arena for his peeps. As he climbs through the ropes, the cheers of the crowd turn to gasps as Alberto Del Rio attacks him with a kick to the chest and the referee signals for the bell to start the match.

ALBERTO DEL RIO vs. CHRISTIAN vs. DOLPH ZIGGLER vs. MVP

A fast paced opening contest sees the four men pair off initially as Ziggler and MVP fight in one corner and Del Rio continues to beat on Christian. With Christian weak in the corner after the sneak attack, Del Rio hits the Enzuguri in the corner before tossing Christian through the ropes to the outside and heading over to assist Ziggler. For a while, MVP is dominated by the double teaming of Del Rio and Ziggler – who knock Christian back down to the floor every time he attempts to return – and Ziggler and Del Rio seem happy to control the match this way. However, that changes when Del Rio convinces Ziggler to go to the top rope. With Ziggler out of the way for a moment, Del Rio seamlessly flips MVP into the Cross Arm Breaker and locks in the hold. With MVP close to tapping out, Ziggler breaks the hold with a stomp to the back of Del Rio who looks unimpressed. Vickie Guerrero gets on the mat and remonstrates with Del Rio but Ziggler then takes his chance with Del Rio’s back turned and locks in the sleeper to a groggy MVP. Again, MVP is rescued by his opponent, this time Del Rio, as Ziggler is forced to let go. With Del Rio and Ziggler arguing now, it seems the teamwork is over. Christian and MVP suddenly launch an attack and the crowd roar them on as they begin to beat on their two opponents.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with the match still even with none of the four men getting on top much at all. Del Rio and Christian fight outside the ring now whilst MVP takes control over the champion, Ziggler, in the ring. MVP starts to build momentum and hits his ‘Ballin’ move before beginning to prepare for the ‘Play of the Day’ finisher. He hits this on Ziggler and goes for the 3-count ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Christian is back in the ring to break the finish and he goes to work on MVP showing no biased between the good and bad wrestlers. He sets up the ‘Killswitch’ to MVP and drives his head down into the canvas. Surely, all over? Christian with the pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... Del Rio is there now to break the pin. Del Rio looks to go to the Cross Arm Breaker on Christian but Christian manages to counter and hits the ‘Killswitch’ for a second time to leave Del Rio down and out as well as MVP. Christian looks around a moment trying to decide ... he goes for the pin over Del Rio. However, as he does, suddenly he is hit from behind with the ‘Zig Zag’ from the champion ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

Dolph Ziggler wins the match as we head towards Cyber Sunday!

WINNER: Dolph Ziggler (8:49)

Vickie Guerrero and Dolph Ziggler celebrate in the aisle with the Intercontinental Title belt and Ziggler makes his point to the other three superstars looking at him from the ring. Del Rio is the man that looks most displeased and he points to Ziggler and clearly tells him that he will pay for this win at Cyber Sunday.

The cameras switch backstage where Josh Matthews is waiting with his special guest, the Big Show. Big Show looks happier this week and is no longer using a crutch despite the best efforts of Jack Swagger last week on Smackdown. Show warns Swagger on the microphone that when he is fit and ready after Cyber Sunday, there will be no place to hide for Swagger and that his lights will be dimmed. Josh Matthews reveals that tonight Big Show will be accompanying Luke Gallows to the ring for his match with CM Punk. Big Show tells the WWE Universe that he is doing this to ensure that Punk fights a fair fight with Gallows after his dirty tricks on last week’s SMackdown that cost Gallows a chance at the Intercontinental Title.

*** MASSACRE ***

Luke Gallows heads to the ring clearly pumped up for his match with his former mentor in the Straight Edge Society, CM Punk. Gallows looks ready to take revenge on Punk and the odds are stacked more in his favour when ...

*** CRANK IT UP ***

... he is joined at the ring by Big Show who shakes his hand in the ring and confirms that he has got Gallows’ back tonight if Punk tries to pull anything.

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***

CM Punk hesitantly heads out towards the ring looking very annoyed about the presence of the Big Show. He slowly makes his way to the ring and then points at Show and orders the referee to get rid of him. The referee refuses and is about to signal for the bell when ...

*** GET ON YOUR KNEES ***

... the All American American cockily makes his way towards the ring as well. He performs press-ups in the aisle and then walks down to the ring where he is confronted by Big Show. Swagger laughs at Big Show as the referee prevents Show from getting closer to Swagger. Swagger gets in the ring and whispers to Punk who looks happier now. With Swagger in Punk’s corner and Show in Luke Gallows’ corner, it is set to be an interesting match tonight!

CM PUNK (w/Jack Swagger) vs. LUKE GALLOWS (w/Big Show)

Gallows and Punk start evenly but the experience of Punk begins to show as he begins to take his former running man out of contention. Punk winds up the crowd and Big Show by arrogantly kicking the back of Gallows’ head at times and showing him a complete lack of disrespect. However, Gallows’ does manage to mount and comeback after Punk tries to lift him up for the ‘Go to Sleep’ and bodyslams Punk down to the mat. With the match swinging the way of Gallows, Jack Swagger suddenly smashes Big Show in the leg with a steel chair, the same leg as Swagger injured two weeks ago with the Ankle Lock. With Show struggling and Swagger threatening a second shot, Gallows heads out to confront Swagger and the two of them begin to brawl outside the ring. Punk soon joins them and the match turns into a free for all with the referee unable to control the action. Punk manages to get hold of the chair and goes to hit Show again but Show blocks with his fist and Punk takes the brunt of it with his face. As Swagger and Punk make their way out of the ring and back down the aisle, a fuming Big Show and Luke Gallows stare down the aisle at them.

NO CONTEST (7:12)

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

As Smackdown returns, Swagger and CM Punk are seen walking backstage chatting animatedly. Punk is heard to thank Swagger for watching his back tonight but as the two of them look to go their separate ways, they are interrupted by Teddy Long. Long announces that at Cyber Sunday, CM Punk will face Luke Gallows again and this time Jack Swagger will be banned from ringside ... Punk goes mad and asks about the actions of the Big Show tonight. Long informs Punk that whether Big Show is at Cyber Sunday or not is up to the WWE Universe. If the WWE Universe decide they want Big Show there, he will be the special referee for the match! An irate CM Punk storms off down the corridor as Teddy Long smiles but he is then confronted again by Swagger demanding to be given more respect. Long smiles again and informs Swagger that he has a chance tonight to earn some respect as he takes part in the main event. Swagger looks happy with this but then Teddy Long informs him of his opponent ... The Undertaker!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** PAPPARAZZI ***

Melina heads to the ring as the Smackdown announcers recap the situation with the Divas Championship as we head to Cyber Sunday. Layla will defend the Divas Title against Michelle McCool (though we believe that McCool will not challenge her partner), Melina or ...

*** HOLLA HOLLA ***

... Kelly Kelly who heads to the ring dressed in gold shorts. The Smackdown announcers remind us about Kelly Kelly’s actions on Smackdown last week as she attacked Melina after the bell – the title pressure seemingly too much for Kelly. They also remind us of their match on Monday night on RAW before the bell sounds for the match.

KELLY KELLY vs. MELINA

An even contest between the two Divas as this time Laycool remain out of sight and leave them to fight it out between them. Melina takes control when she uses her Matrix moves to avoid an on-rushing Kelly before hitting the Primal Scream for the 3 count ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Melina (3:34)

Kelly looks disappointed but accepting of the result after the match and the two Divas embrace each other with a hug after the match. As they hug, the crowd are disturbed and the camera zooms out to reveal Laycool rushing down the aisle to the ring. Layla and Michelle McCool crash into their rivals for the Divas Titles before continuing their assault with a carefully planned double team. However, Melina’s Matrix move allows her to escape again and Kelly manages to hit the K2 to the Divas Champion, Layla. With McCool infuriated, Melina and Kelly stand up to the second member of Laycool who carefully retreats and drags a groggy Layla with her ...

The cameras switch to the backstage area and show Teddy Long dressed up and ready to enter the arena with a huge grin on his face.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** MACMILITANT ***

Tony Chimel announces the Smackdown General Manager, Teddy Long, as he enters the ring looking pleased with himself. Long enters the ring and hollas to the people in the arena before informing the WWE Universe of Smackdown’s contributions to the Cyber Sunday PPV this weekend. Long reminds everybody of the following matches:

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP MATCH
Champion Dolph Ziggler defends against either Alberto Del Rio, Christian or MVP depending on the vote of the WWE Universe.

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Champion Layla defends against either Kelly Kelly, Melina or Michelle McCool depending on the vote of the WWE Universe.

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP
Smackdown’s Tag Team Champions, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes defend against the Smackdown challengers, Evan Bourne and Mark Henry.

BIG SHOW AS SPECIAL REFEREE?
CM Punk vs. Luke Gallows: the WWE Universe to decide if Big Show will be Special Referee.

Teddy then moves onto discussing the World Heavyweight Championship match between the World Champion, Kane, and his brother, the Undertaker. Teddy announces that if the Undertaker wins his main event match with Jack Swagger later tonight, he will get to choose the three match types that the WWE Universe will vote between for the World Championship match. Long continues by ordering the World Champion to stay away from ringside or else he will severely punished.

As Long is set to leave, the lights in the arena flash and the RAW General Manager’s email alert sounds out in the arena. Michael Cole walks out from backstage to a chorus of boos and jeers and demands the attention of the Smackdown audience. He says he has received an email from the RAW General Manager which he reads out:

“At the Cyber Sunday PPV this weekend, I will announce my identity to the WWE Universe. Mr Long, I have to tell you that I have great respect for you but I am intending to make RAW the most superior brand here in the WWE. I’ll see you at Cyber Sunday, Teddy.”

Teddy Long looks confused for a moment as Cole leaves the arena but then regains his smile and leaves the arena with his music playing out.

The camera switches to Josh Matthews who is stood with Kofi Kingston. Josh asks Kofi about his victory over Kane last week on Smackdown and Kingston declares it the biggest win of his career that proves that he is worthy of a World Championship opportunity against the winner of the Cyber Sunday match between Kane and Undertaker. Kofi declares his respect for both men but argues that he is ready to steal the limelight here in the WWE and that he is going to be coming after the winner next week on Smackdown.

The camera returns to the ring where the music of Mark Henry begins to play ...

*** SOMEBODIES GONNA GET IT ***

... Henry and Bourne make their way to the ring with Henry ready to compete and Bourne with him to support him against his opponent.

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***

Drew McIntyre saunters to the ring with his partner and fellow Tag Team Champion, Cody Rhodes, beside him. Drew and Cody stop outside the ring and Cody has a microphone and he addresses the Tag Team Championship Number 1 contenders in the ring. Cody informs them that they have no chance of winning at Cyber Sunday. He derides the large physique of Mark Henry and the short stature of Evan Bourne and declares them to be as far away from perfection as can be. He lets the world know that he is ‘Dashing’ Cody Rhodes and with the ‘Chosen One’ as his partner, there is no way that Bourne and Henry can win the titles.

DREW McINTYRE (w/Cody Rhodes) vs. MARK HENRY (w/Evan Bourne)

After a dominant start from Henry that has McIntyre rattled, Rhodes’ interference distracts Henry long enough for Drew to take control of the match. Despite the encouragement from Bourne and the WWE Universe, Henry cannot get back into the match as Drew looks to dissect him piece by piece at a calculated and sinister pace. The Scotsman looks to hit the Future Shock DDT on several occasions but each time he does, Henry manages to push him away or power his way free from Drew’s clutches. As Drew gets a little frustrated, he tries to intimidate the referee but this gives Mark Henry time to get back in gear and he manages to slam Drew to the mat. The action then spills outside where Cody Rhodes threatens to get involved and distracts Henry again allowing Drew McIntyre to shove Henry back into the steel ringpost before ramming him shoulder first into the barricade at ringside. However, Henry’s partner, Evan Bourne, takes exception at the tactics of McIntyre and Rhodes and – behind the champions backs – climbs to the top rope and leaps off to deliver a cross body to the pair and send them down to the mat as well. The referee manages to separate Bourne and Rhodes from the action and they argue and end up fighting their way down the aisle.

With Henry and McIntyre still stunned, both men just beat the referees count to get back into the ring whilst their partners fight at ringside. McIntyre again looks to lock in the Future Shock DDT but Henry powers out and scoops McIntyre into the World’s Strongest Slam ... he crushes McIntyre down to the mat and makes the cover. Rhodes tries to rush into the ring and save his partner but Bourne is too quick and grabs Rhodes’ leg whilst the referee counts ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: Mark Henry (6:52)

A celebratory Henry and Bourne taunt the Tag Team Champions as they leave the ring shouting at the challengers that they will face at Cyber Sunday. Will this be a significant victory for Henry and Bourne as they head to their Tag Team Championship match this Sunday?

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with the main event of the night set to begin ...

*** GET ON YOUR KNEES ***

A hesitant Jack Swagger makes his way to the ring after Teddy Long ‘punished’ him by pitting him against the Undertaker after his actions earlier in the night when he attacked the Big Show’s injured ankle with a steel chair. Swagger regains his confidence as he ‘flies’ around the ring and the crowd respond with jeers.

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

The crowd go wild as the lights are dimmed and the smoke appears and the entrance of the Undertaker begins. Slowly, the Phenom, the challenger for the World Championship at Cyber Sunday, makes his way to the ring as he looks to secure the right to choose the potential match types for his match with Kane. As he resurrects the lights, the WWE Universe get behind Undertaker and cheer as he removes his coat before turning to face Swagger.

JACK SWAGGER vs. THE UNDERTAKER

The referee signals for the bell and the match begins with Undertaker moving slowly towards Swagger as he circles around the edge of the ring still looking hesitant. The two meet and lock up with Undertaker forcing Swagger back before launching right and lefts into Swagger’s midriff in the corner. As the referee counts, Swagger manages to escape under the bottom rope where he complains to the referee from outside the ring. After a moment, Taker follows Swagger outside and stalks him around the ring. Swagger rushes away and heads back into the ring so that he can await Taker’s re-entrance into the ring. As Taker slides in, Swagger hits a stomp to the shoulder of the Deadman several times before backing off a little. Unbelievably, the Undertaker gets straight up and stares irately through Swagger who looks almost petrified now. Advancing towards the All American American, Undertaker is again frustrated when Swagger dives back out of the ring and taunts from the outside. As we head into a commercial break, the question posed by the announcers is whether or not Swagger will have the guts to face Taker in the ring tonight.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Jack Swagger now on top in the match and mocking the crowd as he stomps into the Undertaker’s chest with Taker down in the corner propped against the ropes. A replay is shown on Swagger countering a choke from Taker by dragging the Deadman into the steel steps at ringside and then working at the right leg by using several chop blocks and some vicious kicks to the knee. Now back in the ring, Swagger looks more confident and continues to dominate by hitting his running splash in the corner of the ring before making the first pinfall of the match ... 1 ... 2 ... Undertaker kicks out. Swagger responds by clubbing the back of Taker and reducing him to his knees in front of Swagger again. Swagger takes a few steps back before rushing at Taker and hitting a stiff boot to the face of Undertaker that sends him spinning down to the mat again. Pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Swagger looks a little frustrated and wrenches Taker up off the mat before whipping him into the corner and delivering a shoulder to him against the buckle. Another chop block to the knee takes Taker down again and Swagger starts to prepare the ankle as he stamps down on it several times. With the Ankle Lock clearly in his plans, Swagger drives Taker’s knee down onto the mat before locking it in. Taker writhes around as Swagger twists and wrenches at the ankle of the Deadman yelling at him to tap out. However, Taker – not known for submissions – refuses to tap and begins to claw his way towards the ropes. Swagger desperately tries to hold him but Taker gets closer and closer before reaching out and grasping the bottom rope. Swagger keeps the hold for as long as he can before releasing it and complaining to the referee. He turns to make Taker pay but is met with a vicious choke thrust and Taker forces him back before whipping him into the buckle. A powerful boot to the face of Swagger sends the All American out of the ring and it looks like a struggle for Swagger if he is to dent the Undertaker before his title match on Sunday.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

Smackdown returns with Undertaker in control and he twists Swagger’s arm before heading up the ropes to deliver the ‘Old School’ move from the rope, balancing as he walks along and then crashing his forearm across the tensed up back of Swagger. Taker waits for Swagger to get up before grasping his throat again and lifting Swagger up high ... choke slam. Taker goes for the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... An explosion of red fires through the arena and the ringposts and stage burst with red flames. But Kane was warned to stay away tonight or face the punishment from Teddy Long. Taker looks around confused but there is no sign of his Cyber Sunday opponent and he turns around back to Swagger ... wham! Boot to the face from Swagger and he takes Taker down again. As he gets back to his feet, Swagger waits before delivering the spin out powerbomb that crashes Taker down to the mat and immediately into a pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Taker kicks out again to the amazement of Swagger! He exits the ring and picks up the steel chair before heading back towards Taker on the mat. He starts to set up the steel chair on the ankle of the Deadman with the referee waving at him and ordering him to stop. As Swagger gets up onto the top rope ready to crush Taker’s ankle, the crowd roar as Big Show hobbles down to the ring and pushes Swagger head first off the top rope.

The referee decides not to disqualify Taker for this interference and removes the chair from Taker’s ankle and throws it out of the ring. As Swagger recovers, he looks at Taker who suddenly sits up and Swagger realises that he is now in big trouble. Taker stalks after him and, despite a fight, Taker hits another choke slam before signalling for a big finish as he runs his thumb across his throat. He lifts Swagger into the Tombstone and drops him on his head before making the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

WINNER: The Undertaker (13:38)

Taker stares out towards the Big Show who is beginning to edge away still hobbling on his injured ankle. A knowing look passes across the face of Taker as he nods his head once to Show who walks away. The Undertaker is handed a microphone as Swagger is helped out of the ring and the lights are dropped and an eerie blue glow is focused on the ring. Undertaker, breathing hard still, declares that at Cyber Sunday, he will face Kane in either a Buried Alive, a Hell in a Cell or a Casket Match for the World Title. He finishes by informing Kane that he will ‘Rest in Peace!’

As Smackdown goes off air, the announcers urge the WWE Universe to head to wwe.com where they can now begin voting for the Cyber Sunday matches.

********** END OF SHOW **********

To vote, please PM me your choices ASAP.

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP
Dolph Ziggler to face: Alberto Del Rio / Christian / MVP

SPECIAL REFEREE?
CM Punk vs. Luke Gallows: Big Show to be referee or not? Yes / No

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP
Kane vs. Undertaker: Buried Alive / Casket Match / Hell in a Cell

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP
Layla to face: Kelly Kelly / Melina / Michelle McCool

US CHAMPIONSHIP (potentially)
Daniel Bryan vs. The Miz: US Title / For Money in the Bank / Winner to be GM for night on RAW

THE REVENGE OF THE GAME?
Sheamus vs. Triple H: Ambulance Match / Chain Match / Last Man Standing

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP
Randy Orton vs. Wade Barrett: John Cena to be added to make match a Triple Threat? Yes / No​

 

[Theo Mays]

Theo's Review

As you did with my BT, I will be writing this live.

-Cyber Sunday coming up, awesome. Always liked the concept of getting the people involved and I'll be sure to send in votes.

-Alright, here comes the champ! And his name is Dolph Ziggler. Excuse me, what was that? Dolph Ziggler, that's what. Seems like Zig has him some competition at the PPV. Christian, Del Rio, and MVP are a good crop of contenders. I much prefer Captain C in the midcard, same with MVP. Having ADR in the midcard makes sense and will only help you move him up. Interesting match on the way here. I'd imagine if one of the contenders wins, it will only help him in the voting process. Oooo sneak attack by ADR, do I smell payback coming?

-Ahh typical fatal four here, heels siding with each other against the faces. Christian out early, Zig and ADR taking advantage of MVP. Gotta think the heels are gonna turn on another later on. And there it is, can't seem to get along and here are the faces to head us into the break. Well I can't say I saw Ziggler winning. For sure thought one of the contenders would sneak out with the W. Ziggler winning here gives him the upper hand going into Cyber Sunday.

-Match was well written and you gave each superstar the upper hand and made them look good and made the champ look stronger. Going to be tough to decide as all four men are worthy of getting a shot at Ziggles.

-Alright, Gallows looks to be getting a nice rub from you here in forms of a Punk feud and a Big Show alliance. Looks like Punk has some backup of his own with the All American American American American American (alright that's enough) Jack Swagger. Smart booking here. No contest makes sense, as you gotta think a PPV match will occur between the four.

-Oh look, T-Lo makes a PPV and no Swagger, sucks for Punk. Ouch lets add salt to the wound with Big Show having the chance to special ref the contest. Punk must have a black cloud following him around. Seems like Swaggy wants some respect and what a way to earn by taking on the Deadman. Well written and very Teddy Long like in the decision making.

-PUPPIES PUPPIES PUPPIES!!!! Oh wait, this is PG ain't it? DIVAS DIVAS DIVAS! That's better. Tricky voting process here. Fans hate McCool, but might want to see if she puts her pride to the side and let Layla win. Melina, always a favorite for the title, and K2 might have the best shot as the fans just adore her. Ooo K2 attacked Melina last week, not the signs K2 usually shows and the pressure could be getting to her. Quick Divas Match, makes sense. K2 and Melina put the past behind them and here come Laycool. And there goes Laycool. Good to see the faces get the upper hand here.

-Wonder what T-Lo has in store for us. Guess we'll have to wait and see. Alright a PPV card rundown for SD. Solid matches for Cyber Sunday, I likey. Oh boy oh boy! The Raw GM to reveal his identity. Do I smell an invasion of sorts at Cyber Sunday?

-Kofi Kingston! An upset win over Kane, awesome. Kofi wants in the title hunt (about darn time). Very Kofi like promo I believe.

-Here we go, Somebodies gonna get it! The team of EB and Henry is a perfect combo of strength and speed and gives you that old school tag team kind of feel. But are they out of time? (See what I did there *lame*). Ahh yes the Chosen One and the Dashing One. Cody bragging before the match worries me that DrewMc could be in for a whirl of trouble here.

-DrewMc in control, but Henry is too gosh darn strong to lock into the Future Shock. Maybe a dirty win is on the horizon? Oh snapple! Carnage breaking out on the outside that leaves Rhodes and Bourne to battle it out. I sense trouble for the champs. And there it is! Down goes the Scotsmen and Bourne and Henry look strong and could look even stronger come Cyber Sunday as tag champs. Good little ditty here that gives the challengers the upper hand in the bout.

-Alright! This is what I've been waiting for. Main event time between Swaggy and the Phenom. Taker is already in Swagger's head, vintage Deadman. Old school cat and mouse and Swagger on top. Well not for long as you don't play those games with Taker. I don't blame Swagger for running come commercial.

-And we are back. Swagger using the objects around him to get back into it, smart move. Some strong offense here by Swagger. Good stuff, as it seems Swagger is much booked to look like a winner here compared to real life. And Taker is back in this thing! Quick offense from Taker heading into yet another break. What a match!

-Taker looking to end coming back from commercial. Chokeslam! That'll do it. Ahh looks like Kane is playing mind games with his older brother. Swagger taking advantage of the distraction and BOOM! Gutwrench, that'll do it. I'm as shocked as Swagger with the kickout. Swagger is flustered, hence the chair. He ain't gonna take out the Deadman, no chance. Show with the save! Smart move by the ref, don't want to get on Taker's bad side now do ya? Glad to see this match continue. Swagger is done for and there's the Tombstone, say good night. Excellent match to end the show! Taker nod of respect to Show, lets see what is on his mind.

-Those blue lights still give me the chills. Hell in a Cell, Casket, and Buried Alive matches...no FREAKING way!!! Three of Taker's specialties, Kane could be in for a hurting on Sunday.

-Overall the show was fantastic and everything was booked properly. No real gripes, show was easy to read and flowed nicely. Looking forward to Cyber Sunday and I do believe I have sent in my votes. Keep up the fantastic work.

 

[GCB]

Thanks to all that voted: glad to know I have so many people following. I have used your votes to complete accuracy – there was one that I was going to ‘fiddle’ with but it would have been part of the storyline if I had had to – and I had plans for all outcomes. I hope you all enjoy. Please comment/review with your opinions. GCB

A man is seen typing at a computer ... The sounds from his computer are great phrases from the WWE’s history ...

‘Welcome everyone ... to WrestleMania!’

‘Yes, he’s done it ... He’s a national hero now!’

‘The boyhood dream has come true for Shawn Michaels!’

‘Tyson! Tyson! Right hand! Right hand!’

‘If ya smellllllll ... what the Rock ... is cookin’

‘Stone Cold! Stone Cold! Stone Cold!’

‘You do not pee in the commissioner’s tea!’

‘Who in the blue hell are you?’

* * * * * * * * * *

TONIGHT IS YOUR NIGHT!

TONIGHT, YOU CONTROL THE WWE!

TONIGHT, YOU MAKE ALL THE RULES!

TONIGHT ...

IS ...

CYBER SUNDAY!

...

‘Because I’m the Miz ... and I’m aaaaaawwwwweeeeesssssssoooommmmmmmeee!!!’

‘Rest ... in ... Peace’

‘The champ is here!’

* * * * * * * * * *

PRESENTS ...

CYBER SUNDAY
Live from Madison Square Garden, New York City

[YOUTUBE]0mPzu9DPr6E[/YOUTUBE]

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***

The cameras pan around the Garden as Michael Cole and the broadcast team introduce tonight’s PPV at the announce table.

MICHAEL COLE
Welcome everyone to the world famous Madison Square Garden where the WWE returns tonight with the Cyber Sunday extravaganza! I’m Michael Cole at ringside alongside my RAW broadcast colleague, Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler and from SMACKDOWN, Matt Striker!

MATT STRIKER
Tonight is the night when you, the WWE Universe, get to make the decisions and decide on potential matches, potential champions and potential stipulations from the comfort of your own living room!

JERRY LAWLER
And Cole, what a night this is going to be! The RAW General Manager, your buddy, will reveal himself tonight. Do you know who he is, Cole? Do ya?

MICHAEL COLE
I’ve got no idea, King! But I do know that Randy Orton will be defending the WWE Championship tonight – but will it be against Wade Barrett or will John Cena also be voted into the match in a Triple Threat?

JERRY LAWLER
You’ve got to imagine that the WWE Universe will want John Cena in that match! And if John Cena is in the match, my money is on him to be the WWE Champion by the end of the night!

MICHAEL COLE
And on the SMACKDOWN side of things, Kane and the Undertaker will meet for the first time since Night of Champions with the World Heavyweight Championship on the line!

MATT STRIKER
The two most dominant superstars on SMACKDOWN clash with the World Title on the line and Undertaker has the advantage after his win over Jack Swagger last Friday earned him the right to choose the potential match types!

MICHAEL COLE
The Undertaker chose three hellacious matches for the WWE Universe to vote on: Hell in a Cell, a Casket Match or Buried Alive!

MATT STRIKER
The new WWE owner, Chip Butty, has yet to see a title change hands here in the WWE but he believes that the Undertaker in particular will make sure he sees one this evening!

MICHAEL COLE
That could be true but there are other titles on the line tonight before that. To vote for any of the matches tonight, go to WWE.com and register your vote as soon as possible ...

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***

MICHAEL COLE
... and what an ‘awesome’ way to kick off the show!

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Cleveland, Ohio, weighing 231 pounds ... THE MIZ!

The Miz strides confidently out with the Money in the Bank briefcase in his hands and his faithful apprentice, Alex Riley, following behind. He holds the briefcase up high above his head before clutching it to his chest as he strides to the ring – a symbolisation of how much it means to Miz and how worried he really is about potentially defending it. As Miz gets in the ring, he is handed a microphone and we will start with the Miz doing what he does best and cutting a promo ...

THE MIZ
Madison Square Garden. How fitting is this?

A small pop for the mention of the Garden but jeers for the cocky superstar ...

THE MIZ
The most must-see superstar in the WWE today, the future WWE Champion, the man that you all paid to see tonight ...

Miz looks round with a smirk on his face without a flicker of emotion as the jeers ring around the arena. He chuckles and shakes his head before continuing ...

THE MIZ
Here I am, opening the show. Tonight, I finally show that no-good nerd, Daniel Bryan, what I told him way back on NXT Season 1 all those months ago. I am simply the better man.

Alex Riley applauds like a trained seal as the crowd continue to jeer and boo the Money in the Bank holder.

THE MIZ
And when I have successfully defeated Daniel Bryan ... whatever you people decide I have to face him for ... I will head backstage and put my feet up. I will sit down and watch the rest of the PPV with interest. Who knows? Maybe the Miz will be out here to end the show tonight as well?

A chant of ‘Miz is awful’ starts up and echoes around the Garden as Miz smirks and laughs with Riley. He turns to face the camera and sets himself for his big finale ...

THE MIZ
You people can boo me and chant at me all you want but you all know it, the rest of the WWE knows it, Daniel Bryan knows it, Randy Orton knows it, John Cena knows it and Wade Barrett knows it. They all know that I can decide when and where I will become the WWE Champion ... because I’m the Miz ... and I’m ... AWWWWEEEESSSSOOOMMMMEEE!!!

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ... from Aberdeen, Washington weighing 192 pounds ... He is the United States Champion ...DANIEL BRYAN!

The US Champion bounds down to the ring high-fiving the WWE Universe as he makes his way down the aisle. He leaps over the ropes into the ring and fixes Miz with a stare before climbing to the middle buckle to acknowledge the cheers of the fans.

MICHAEL COLE
Right, so now we’re going to head over to Josh Matthews and Eve Torres up on the stage where we will find out how the WWE Universe voted. Will Miz and this nerd, Bryan, fight for the US Championship, the Money in the Bank contract or the right to be the guest GM of RAW for one night before the end of 2010 ... ?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Good evening, ladies and gentlemen! Please welcome my guest here on stage ... the beautiful Eve Torres!

Eve waves at the crowd dressed in a slinky dress that shows off her figure. There are many wolf-whistles as she smiles and begins to address the WWE Universe ...

EVE TORRES
To vote, you need to visit WWE.com but the voting for the first match is now closed!

JOSH MATTHEWS
The Miz will face Daniel Bryan here in our opening encounter but will it be for the US Championship, the Money in the Bank contract or a night as the guest GM of RAW? Let’s find out ...

The titantron flashes and beeps before the percentages are shown and the WWE Universe’s first voting result of the night is displayed ...

EVE TORRES
58% of you have voted for the Miz to defend his Money in the Bank contract!

There are loud cheers around the Garden as the Miz looks a little worried for a moment. Daniel Bryan smiles widely and turns to face the Miz with a marvellous opportunity to steal the Miz’ prized contract and win himself the right to challenge the WWE Champion at any time, any place before WrestleMania! The referee shoos Alex Riley out of the ring and takes Miz’ briefcase from him and holds it high for the WWE Universe to see the prize in this match ...

MICHAEL COLE
What an outrage! What an injustice this is! Why have the WWE Universe voted to force Miz to defend his briefcase? What makes them think that this nerd deserves the chance to challenge the WWE Champion?

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, shut up, Cole! If the Miz is as good as you claim he is, he’ll have no problems defending the contract will he? However, I’m not sure he will be able to. Daniel Bryan has been mightily impressive recently and he won the US Championship from Miz at Night of Champions!

MICHAEL COLE
This is a travesty, King. The Miz does not deserve this ...

DANIEL BRYAN vs. THE MIZ (w/Alex Riley)
(For the Miz’ “Money in the Bank” contract)

The referee rings the bell and the match is underway with Daniel Bryan eager to get started, the Miz cautiously circling the ring and eying up Bryan and Alex Riley continuing to impersonate a seal as he gets behind his mentor, the Miz. Miz and Bryan lock up and Bryan immediately looks to take down Miz and take the match down to the mat. Bryan uses a Fireman’s Carry to flip Miz over but he quickly rolls out of the ring to get away from the US Champion and is consoled by Riley to the jeers of the crowd. The referee orders Miz into the ring but Miz waves him away and is heard to say ‘So disqualify me then!’ as he stands with Riley. The referee heads over to the corner and speaks to the timekeeper before an announcement is made.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
I have just been informed by WWE Official, Chad Patton, that if the Miz loses this match via disqualification or countout, Daniel Bryan will be awarded the ‘Money in the Bank’ contract!

The Miz looks furious and enters the ring to complain to the official. In the end, Daniel Bryan decides that he has waited long enough and hooks the Miz around the stomach and lifts him up and over into a German Suplex to the delight of the crowd. Bryan goes for the first pin of the night ... 1 ... 2 ... Miz kicks out. With the Miz stunned by the suplex, Bryan takes control with European uppercuts and flying elbow smashes that send the Miz staggering into the corner. Bryan rushes Miz in the corner and hits a big boot to the Miz’ face and the Miz staggers forward and down on his front. Bryan hooks in the excruciating surfboard and rolls it over to lift the Miz into the air clearly in pain. The referee immediately asks Miz if he gives up but Miz shakes his head and the referee spots Bryan’s shoulders down on the mat. He counts 1 ... 2 ... but Bryan lifts the shoulder. Alex Riley is stood at the side of the ring jumping up and down and pleading with the Miz to hang on. With the surfboard still locked in, Miz begins to scream out and the crowd begin to sense that the Miz may tap out. The referee runs round to the other side of Bryan and with his back turned for a split second, Alex Riley hits a sucker punch to the face of Daniel Bryan that forces him to release Miz from the hold.

JERRY LAWLER
Wait a minute! What was that?

MICHAEL COLE
That was Alex Riley doing the right thing, King, saving his mentor. What a fantastic move from A-Ri!

JERRY LAWLER
That is the most stupid thing I’ve heard you say recently, Cole. It was blatant cheating and you know it ...

MICHAEL COLE
Did it work? Did Daniel Bryan break the hold?

JERRY LAWLER
It was a cheap way out if you ask me. Bryan had Miz beaten in two minutes there!

A shaken Miz gets to his feet at the same time as Bryan and the pair begin to swing at each other. Again, Daniel Bryan gets the better of the exchange when he grounds Miz with several kicks to the thigh and a chop-block. A frustrated Miz pounds the mat in anger as he finds refuge in the ropes whilst Daniel Bryan jumps on the spot whilst smirking at the Miz. The crowd show their appreciation and a ‘Daniel Bryan’ chant begins to the Miz’ annoyance. With Miz on his knees, Bryan advances towards him and the Miz grabs the front of his trunks pulling him headfirst down into the buckle. Miz quickly gets to his feet and starts to hit forearm smashes to the back and shoulders of Bryan whilst the Garden fans jeer but Miz continues until the referee is forced to intervene. A furious Miz backs off at last but the damage has been done. With Bryan out of the corner, Miz sets to work and launches into several clotheslines before going for his first pin of the match ... 1 ... 2 ... Bryan kicks out! However, the US Champion now receives further punishment as Miz locks in a Camel Clutch in the centre of the ring. Bryan immediately grasps out for the ropes but he is several feet away and the Miz pulls back. Bryan tries to fight but Miz has the move locked in well and Bryan’s only chance is to slither his way to the ropes. He begins to move but Miz pulls back to hold him back. However, Bryan starts to inch closer and closer to the ropes with the referee constantly waiting to signal for the bell. As Bryan gets close to the ropes, Alex Riley slyly pulls the rope back out of Bryan’s reach out of the referee’s eye. With Bryan fading and Miz yelling at him to ‘Tap out!’ the referee finally notices Riley’s interference and breaks the hold. Miz looks in shock but the referee forces him off Bryan. He then orders Riley to leave the ringside area and the Madison Square Garden crowd go wild with delight as they wave Riley on his way ...

MICHAEL COLE
What? Chad Patton, you cannot be serious! You cannot eject A-Ri from the match!

MATT STRIKER
I think you’ll find that he can, Michael ... and he has!

JERRY LAWLER
Haha! Goodbye, Alex Riley!

MICHAEL COLE
This is an outrage, King, this is a stacked deck against the must-see superstar of the WWE, the face of the WWE. Does Chad Patton realise who he is messing with here? The Miz is the ‘Money in the Bank’ contract holder!

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, quit with the whining, Cole, this is great!

Miz complains vehemently about the dismissal of Riley and this allows Bryan to recover behind him. Suddenly, the US Champion rolls Miz into a pinfall from behind ... 1 ... 2 ... Miz just manages to kick out at the last moment! Miz gets to his feet quickly and swings at Bryan who ducks and hits a kick to the mid-section before hitting a Snap Suplex to leave Miz on his back. Another pin from Bryan ... 1 ... 2 ... Another kick out from Miz! Miz rolls out of the ring and stands beside the barricades – thinking he is safely out of Bryan’s reach. However, Bryan hits the opposite ropes before diving out of the ring headfirst and colliding with the Miz and driving him back first into the barricade with a thud. Bryan jumps straight back up and holds his hand up high to take in the cheers of the crowd. He rolls back into the ring and the referee begins to count Miz out ... 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ...

MICHAEL COLE
I’d better go check on him ...

JERRY LAWLER
Wait a minute, Cole, you just wait ...

Michael Cole places his headset down and rushes round to the injured Miz at ringside despite the protestations of the referee. Cole ignores him and consoles the Miz as the referee continues the count. ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... Cole pleads with the Miz to get back into the ring and the Miz realises what is about to happen. He staggers to the ring ... ... 9 ... With a shove from Michael Cole, the Miz slides under the bottom rope and back into the match. The referee again demands that Cole leaves but the announcer ignores him and makes his way back to the announce table where an angry Jerry Lawler is waiting ...

JERRY LAWLER
What are you doing, Cole? Sit yourself back down here!

MICHAEL COLE
Somebody had to do something about the corrupt official. He’s changed the rules of the match, ejected Alex Riley ... it’s a conspiracy against the Miz!

JERRY LAWLER
The referee should have disqualified Miz right there for outside interference!

With Cole sat back down now, Daniel Bryan protests to the referee about Michael Cole before resuming his offence against the Miz. He smashes the Miz in the back several times before attempting to lock in the LeBell lock ... However, Miz manages to fight out of Bryan’s reach and hits a kick to the side of his face to create some distance between the two. As he recovers, the Miz is castigated by the official but he couldn’t care less right now. Miz gets to his feet first and runs towards Bryan in the corner with a jumping clothesline than ends with Miz’ feet through the ropes. A cocky smirk reappears on his face as he regains control and picks up a wounded Bryan. He uses his patented facelock backbreaker into a neckbreaker to devastating effect and it seems as if the last chance for Bryan is passing him by. Miz is ready to pounce for his finish, the Skull Crushing Finale ... Bryan gets to his feet and Miz looks to lock him in position. However, Bryan fights out with well placed elbows and a dropkick sends Miz crashing into the referee who takes a blow to the face and falls to the mat.

With the crowd sensing that something is bound to happen now, the excitement builds ... and sure enough, Alex Riley comes racing out from backstage again. He races past the announce table and grabs the ‘Money in the Bank’ briefcase as Bryan and the Miz begin to slug it out in the ring. Riley slides into the ring and stands behind Bryan waiting for his chance to strike ...

JERRY LAWLER
Excuse me, Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE
What? Where are you going?

As Daniel Bryan turns round, Riley goes to strike him with the briefcase ... but Lawler gets there just in time and trips Riley by hooking his foot from behind. The briefcase falls to the floor and Bryan takes his chance to take down a shocked Riley and locks in the LeBell lock. With Riley frantically tapping out, Lawler laughs outside the ring until Bryan lets go and rolls Riley out of the ring where he lands crumpled at the King’s feet at ringside. The referee is slowly getting to his feet, holding his head, as King steps back away from Riley and Bryan turns back to face the Miz ... Boom! Miz waffles Bryan with the briefcase and sends him crashing to the mat before flinging the briefcase out of the ring and pretending nothing has happened. The referee has missed it and Jerry Lawler is incensed. He climbs up to confront Miz but he is thwarted when Miz sends him down with one kick as Lawler ducks through the ropes. The referee looks confused and looks around as the Miz drags Daniel Bryan to his feet ... SKULL CRUSHING FINALE! Miz hooks the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Miz retains the ‘Money in the Bank’ contract!

WINNER: The Miz (11:42) via pinfall

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner and still ‘Money in the Bank’ contract holder ... THE MIZ!

MICHAEL COLE
Yes! Yes! Miz wins! Miz wins!

MATT STRIKER
The Miz strikes amongst all the confusion and picks up a huge win that retains the ‘Money in the Bank’ contract!

MICHAEL COLE
The Miz holds on despite all the odds. What a marvellous victory for the future WWE Champion!

Miz has his hand raised by the referee as he clutches the ‘Money in the Bank’ briefcase to his chest again as he backs away and out of the ring. As he exits the arena, he looks towards the ring with a glazed expression as his music plays to signal his victory. However, as Daniel Bryan is helped to his feet, a look of realisation spreads over him and he smirks before lifting his briefcase high and posing ...

* * * * * * * * * *

COMING SOON ... PHILADELPHIA, PA

* * * * * * * * * *

The cameras return to ringside where Jerry Lawler is slowly getting to his feet and making his way back to the announce table. He staggers to the chair and gingerly places his headset back on as Michael Cole watches intently. As King looks up, Cole smirks at him ...

MICHAEL COLE
I did warn you not to get involved, King ...

MATT STRIKER
Guys, this is not the time or the place for this!

MICHAEL COLE
You know what happened last time you got involved in the Miz’ business, King. He is a future WWE Champion, he is the most must-see WWE superstar of all time. What were you thinking?

King looks at Michael Cole as he mouths away and looks to be bubbling inside ... The crowd begin to chant ‘Jerry! Jerry!’ as King continues to listen to Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE
What makes you think that you can get involved with the Miz? You’re nothing in comparison to him ... Nothing!

Lawler reels back and angrily punches Cole in the face for the second successive PPV to the delight of the fans who chant Lawler’s name even louder now as officials spill out of the backstage area to get between Lawler and Cole. He tries to push past them and his headset falls off but Matt Striker holds him back and whispers to him. Lawler eventually calms down a little and sits down ... An angry and indignant Cole gets to his feet and looks upset at Lawler’s actions. As he prepares to mouth off at Lawler again, the RAW General Manager’s e-mail alert sounds and the crowd boo as Cole slowly makes his way to the laptop ...

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please? I have an email from the RAW General Manager ... And I quote ... “I’m sure you’ll all be pleased to know that this will be the last email that Michael Cole will read out ... Speaking of which, Jerry Lawler ... Michael Cole ... That’s enough. I’ll deal with you two later. For now, continue with the broadcast and be professional.”

Lawler holds his hands up and sits down on the right of the table with Striker now in the middle chair to separate the warring pair. Cole continues with the rest of the email ...

MICHAEL COLE
“It is almost time for me to reveal myself but, first of all, I want to see the outcome of this match. For weeks, Edge and Chris Jericho have been bad-mouthing me and disrespecting me and my laptop. I am looking forward to appearing after the next match and personally firing at least one but hopefully both men.”

A video package is shown that shows the moments in the previous few months when Edge and/or Chris Jericho have disrespected the General Manager of RAW. The cameras then return to the arena where Justin Roberts is waiting in the ring.

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is a Triple Threat match and it is set for one fall. If Chris Jericho or Edge loses the match, they will be officially retired from the WWE!

*** AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first ... from Los Angeles, California ... weighing 224 pounds ... JOHN MORRISON!

John Morrison’s entrance is shown in slo-mo as he struts down to the ring looking confident in his glittering coat and wrestling gear. He passes his custom-made sunglasses to a fan at ringside before hitting the ring and posing on the middle buckle for the fans ...

MATT STRIKER
Tonight, John Morrison goes out to end the careers of not one but two legends of the WWE.

MICHAEL COLE
The RAW General Manager has been having issues with both Jericho and Edge in the past few months and is hoping tonight for a John Morrison victory that would see both men officially retired – as per the General Manager’s orders – from the WWE!

JERRY LAWLER
A massive opportunity for Morrison ... he could single-handedly get rid of two former WWE Champions in one night! What a boost that would be to his career!

*** METALINGUS ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent ... from Toronto, Ontario, Canada ... weighing 241 pounds ... EDGE!

The ‘Rated R Superstar’ makes his way out looking a little apprehensive as he stops at the top of the ramp. He points his hands to the ceiling as the fireworks explode behind him and slides into the ring with a look at Morrison from the mat. He removes his long coat and looks at Morrison with a slight sign of fear in his eye that his career could end tonight ...

MICHAEL COLE
I’m not sure about the General Manager’s decision about this match. Yes, Edge has given him some problems, he’s called me some names but does he deserve to be retired from the WWE if he loses this match?

JERRY LAWLER
For the first time tonight, I might ... might ... agree with you, Cole. However, if there is one man in this match who deserves to be retired, it might be Chris Jericho after his actions on RAW last week ...

A replay of Jericho’s defeat to R-Truth is shown as Jericho failed to steal the win with illegal use of brass knucks before he struck the referee cold using the knucks after the match ...

JERRY LAWLER
... Striking a referee – brass knucks or not – should be a suspension and a fine at least. I hope that John Morrison can gain retribution for the referee tonight.

MATT STRIKER
I’m not excusing what Jericho did, guys, but you have to understand how Jericho is feeling right now. The losing streak stretches back almost two months now except for a stolen win over John Morrison at No Mercy.

JERRY LAWLER
That doesn’t give him the right to strike the official!

*** BREAK THE WALLS DOWN ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And ... from Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada ... weighing 231 pounds ... CHRIS JERICHO!

The cameras focus on the stage area as Jericho’s entrance music plays but there is no sign of Jericho ... the music plays but still Jericho fails to appear. Eventually, the music stops and the crowd boo at the no-show of Jericho ...

MICHAEL COLE
Where is Chris Jericho?

JERRY LAWLER
I don’t know, Cole, maybe he is scared of returning out here and having to put up with your pointless questions?

Cole ignores King’s comments and there is a long pause with confusion in the ring. Eventually, the silence is broken by the email alert sounding once again ... Cole stands up and goes to the laptop for a second time.

MICHAEL COLE
And I quote ... “OK, OK, this is the last time! I’ve just been informed that there is no sign of Chris Jericho here in Madison Square Garden tonight. Therefore, I am now making this a one on one match between John Morrison and Edge. And Edge ... if you lose, you are still going to be retired!”

Again, the crowd cheer and Edge remains looking worried about his career. A chant of ‘Hey, hey, hey ... Goodbye!’ begins and Edge looks insulted by the WWE Universe ...

EDGE vs. JOHN MORRISON
(If Edge loses, he will be ‘retired’ from the WWE)

Edge looks nervous as he starts the match and a smirking John Morrison, encouraged by the cheers of the WWE Universe, looks to take early advantage. Morrison starts out quickly and forces Edge back into the corner where he runs towards the Rated R Superstar and looks for a kick to the side of the head. However, Edge manages to duck and Morrison crashes to the mat. After dodging the early bullet, Edge stomps on the back and shoulders of Morrison and leaves him face down on the mat as he composes himself. He forces Morrison’s head into the turnbuckle when he gets back up and whips him to the opposite corner before rushing into him with a clothesline in the corner. With Morrison now stunned, a sinister smile appears on Edge’s face despite it being early days in the contest.

A Russian Leg Sweep allows Edge to put Morrison back down on the mat and wraps his legs around Morrison’s mid-section as he uses the leg scissors to try and squeeze the life out of Morrison. With Morrison down, the referee counts his shoulders on the mat for the first time ... 1 ... 2 ... Morrison rolls over. Edge maintains the hold and pushes Morrison in the face to shove him back down to the mat. Again, Morrison’s shoulders are down ... 1 ... 2 ... Morrison forces his shoulders up. Edge releases Morrison from his grip and stomps in his stomach once more before dropping to his knees and unleashing several closed fists to the head of Morrison that earns him a lecture from the official and a warning to stop ... As Morrison struggles to his feet, Edge climbs up to the top rope and waits for Morrison to get to his feet before launching himself towards the Monday Night Delight with a Missile Dropkick. However, Morrison manages to dodge this at the last seconds and he props himself up in the corner as Edge writhes on the mat after his crash landing. Edge staggers to the corner and pulls himself up but Morrison rushes over and steps up the ropes to deliver a kick to the side of the head. Edge is stunned and falls out through the ropes to the outside of the ring where Morrison taunts him to get back into the ring.

MATT STRIKER
A sensible move from Edge as he puts some distance between himself and Morrison. After all, he is fighting for his career here in the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
John Morrison is trying to speed up the match but Edge is a wily veteran nowadays and he is deliberately taking his time to slow the match back down here ...

JERRY LAWLER
... Or he could be taking the cowards way, Cole?

The referee’s count reaches six but Morrison gets sick of waiting for Edge and breaks the count as he jumps down out of the ring to stalk the former 9-time World Champion outside. Edge doesn’t realise that Morrison is sneaking up behind him until it is too late and Morrison grabs his head and slams it down onto the announce table, not once, not twice but three times. A stunned Edge throws a punch but Morrison avoids it and lifts Edge up so he comes crashing down chest first onto the announce table and Edge is crumpled on the floor. Morrison climbs to the top of the steel ring steps and sizes Edge up as he prepares to launch a Flying Chuck Kick ... Edge slowly gets to his feet and Morrison launches towards him, swinging his leg and foot round ... Edge ducks and his opponent lands awkwardly on the announce table. He drags Morrison up and whips him into the ring apron and then into the announce table so that his back slams into them with force before rolling into the ring. The referee’s new count is now at six ... ... 7 ... 8 ... 9 ... With a massive effort, Morrison rolls into the ring. The crowd cheer as Edge looks bewildered before hitting the opposite ropes and running towards Morrison on his back near the ropes. Edge hits a dropkick to the side of Morrison’s chest and he is sent crashing back out of the ring with a thud on the padded floor at ringside.

Edge immediately follows Morrison out of the ring and stands a few yards away preparing ... he looks manic as he builds up for something with Morrison struggling up with some help from the ringsteps. As Morrison turns, Edge looks for a spear but he moves aside and the Rated R Superstar crashes shoulder first into the steel steps and sends the top steps flying off their base. Both men are now down but Edge looks in serious trouble as Morrison gets to his feet first and tries to recover. Morrison drags Edge to his knees and forces him into the ring where he climbs in and makes the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Edge just about gets his injured shoulder out of trouble! Morrison gets to his feet and stands over his prone opponent before turning his back and hitting a Standing Shooting Star Press before hooking the leg for the pinfall again. 1 ... 2 ... A weak kick out from Edge!

MATT STRIKER
With every passing pinfall from Morrison, Edge is seconds away from having his career ended here!

JERRY LAWLER
I thought he was finished there, come on John Morrison!

As Edge gets to his knees, Morrison looks to hit a running knee to his head but Edge manages to avoid the contact and rolls up Morrison for a surprise pinfall. 1 ... 2 ... Morrison escapes! Edge looks to beat Morrison up but he can’t manage it and Morrison tries to hit the running knee again ... This time, he connects and Edge is sent crashing down onto his back.

JERRY LAWLER
I think it’s over, Morrison has ended Edge’s career in the WWE!

Morrison with the cover to Edge ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! No, wait ... Edge has grabbed the bottom rope with his hand! So close for Morrison, many people in the Garden thought he had won it there! Morrison looks disappointed but he continues to assault Edge and another kick leaves Edge down on the mat in the corner ... in perfect position ... Morrison steps over Edge and looks around over the ringpost at the WWE Universe as they encourage him. Morrison leaps up and lands on the top ropes before twisting around to drop on Edge with Starship Pain! But Edge moves at the last second and Morrison crashes to the mat to the disappointment of the fans. As Morrison groggily gets back up, Edge has rolled out of the way and is slowly getting to his feet too with that look in his eye. Edge stands opposite Morrison and pulls at his hair begging Morrison to get to his feet ... Will he hit the spear? Morrison dodges for a second time, Edge hits the turnbuckle and Morrison hits the Chuck Kick again. Cover ... 1 ... 2 ... No! Edge escapes at the last split second!

Morrison looks a little frustrated this time and hits a few uppercuts to send Edge into the corner again. He whips Edge into the opposite corner and rushes towards him again looking for another kick to the side of Edge’s head ... Edge avoids the contact again and Morrison is confused for a moment ... SPEAR! Edge hits the spear to John Morrison and makes the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Edge has saved his WWE career!

WINNER: Edge (13:32) via pinfall

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... EDGE!
​

 

[GCB]

As Metalingus blasts out around the arena, Morrison disappointedly rolls out of the ring to leave Edge struggling in the corner with a mixed look of relief and possible respect for his opponent in his eyes. Edge slowly raises his hands high and poses before he wanders over to the timekeeper and takes a microphone. Breathing heavily, Edge begins to talk ...

EDGE
Right ... Come on! You said ... You said you’d reveal yourself tonight. Where are you? Get out here!

MICHAEL COLE
The RAW General Manager wanted to fire Edge tonight but he won’t get his wish. Who will it be? Who has been emailing me for the past six months with messages?

Excitement builds in the Garden as all eyes turn towards the stage as the RAW General Manager seems set to be called out and revealed ...

EDGE
Come on ... Who are you? Where are you?

Edge continues to look towards the stage but a commotion can be heard in the crowd as the excitement builds further ...

MICHAEL COLE
Wait a minute! Who’s that?

A masked figure has rushed out of the crowd over the barricades and past Michael Cole, Jerry Lawler and Matt Striker and slides into the ring behind Edge ... There is something familiar about the figure as he stands behind Edge waiting ... Edge slowly turns around and sees the masked figure – but too late. A superkick to his jaw reveals who the familiar figure actually is ... And the mask is pulled off to reveal ...

MICHAEL COLE
HBK! HBK! Sweet Chin Music to Edge!

MATT STRIKER
The RAW General Manager is Shawn Michaels!

JERRY LAWLER
HBK returns to the WWE!

*** SEXY BOY ***

As the Garden crowd go wild at the return of HBK as the RAW General Manager, Michaels rolls out of the ring with Edge down and out outside the ring after Sweet Chin Music ... Michaels steps up to the RAW General Manager laptop and surveys the WWE Universe before disconnecting the laptop – with a quick look at Michael Cole at the announce table – before he speaks ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
The RAW General Manager is none other than the Showstopper ... the Heart Break Kid ... me, Shawn Michaels!

With the laptop under his arm, HBK strides away from the announce table and up the aisle past a disbelieving Edge up to the top of the ramp. He turns and waves to the WWE Universe with a huge smile on his face ... HBK is back in the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE
This can’t be right, the General Manager is Shawn Michaels?

MATT STRIKER
One of the greatest of all time, the legendary Shawn Michaels ... Back in the WWE as the General Manager of RAW! Wow!

MICHAEL COLE
I thought it would be ... would be ... somebody else ...

JERRY LAWLER
Oh, shut up, Cole, this is great news! Can you think of a better man to be General Manager of RAW? HBK will give the people what they want ... he has already started with that Sweet Chin Music to Edge!

The camera switches backstage where it focuses on the Intercontinental Champion, Dolph Ziggler, stood with his girlfriend, the Assistant GM of Smackdown, Vickie Guerrero. She is fawning over her younger man as he fingers the Intercontinental Title belt over his shoulder and the camera pans back to reveal three other men stood waiting ... Alberto Del Rio ... Christian ... and MVP.

MICHAEL COLE
Which of these three men will face Dolph Ziggler tonight for the Intercontinental Championship? We’ll find out next!

The camera switches to a vignette for none other than Matt Hardy, the man who a fortnight ago told the WWE Universe that he may be about to leave the WWE for good after a defeat to Jack Swagger on Superstars. The vignette shows some of Matt Hardy’s major achievements from his time partnering his brother, Jeff, and his singles career wearing the Intercontinental Title. A crowd chant of ‘Hardy!’ is played in the background as the words form on the screen ... ‘MATT HARDY ... ONE MORE CHANCE!’ With the SMACKDOWN logo in the bottom corner and the words ‘TWO WEEKS!’ showing, the return of Hardy is made clear.

The cameras switch back to the ringside area where Matt Striker is beaming ...

MATT STRIKER
Folks, great news there, Matt Hardy will be coming back to the WWE very soon!

MICHAEL COLE
Yeah, word is that Matt has been training hard for the past two weeks back home in North Carolina and has decided to return for one last effort to win the World Heavyweight Championship or the WWE Championship.

MATT STRIKER
I spoke to Matt earlier today and he is definitely focused on getting back and earning himself a spot at the top of the SMACKDOWN roster. He suggested that he is aiming for the Royal Rumble match in January and the chance to win a title at WrestleMania this year.

MICHAEL COLE
A nice dream but it’ll never happen will it?

JERRY LAWLER
Look, Cole, Matt Hardy has got as good a chance as anyone. You spend half your life telling the world that the Miz will be the next champion but let me tell you ... If Miz is going to be a champion, there is no doubt that Matt Hardy can do it too.

*** I AM PERFECTION ***

TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Hollywood, California, weighing 223 pounds ... He is accompanied by the Assistant SMACKDOWN General Manager, Vickie Guerrero, and is the Intercontinental Champion ... DOLPH ZIGGLER!

The Intercontinental Champion and Vickie Guerrero stride out looking confident that Ziggler is going to retain the Intercontinental Title that is hanging over his shoulder. He steps through the ropes and runs his hands through is blonde hair before flicking the sweat off his hands towards the fans. Despite the boos and jeers, Ziggler and Vickie smile as attention turns towards Josh Matthews and Eve Torres on the stage area.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, Intercontinental Champion Dolph Ziggler is set to defend his title right now but against who?

EVE TORRES
Will it be the Mexican sensation Alberto Del Rio?

JOSH MATTHEWS
What about the former three time Intercontinental Champion, Christian?

EVE TORRES
Or will it be the most valuable playa’ here in the WWE ... MVP?

JOSH MATTHEWS
You have been voting in your thousands on wwe.com and we can now reveal the results ... Facing Dolph Ziggler for the Intercontinental Championship will be ...

EVE TORRES
Alberto Del Rio!

*** FUNBA RUMBA ***

The sound of a car horn announces the arrival of the Mexican Aristocrat as he drives a Bentley out from the side of the stage with a huge grin on his face. He exits the car and looks oblivious to the jeers of the WWE Universe behind him. He moves round the car and onto the ramp where gold sparks descend from the ceiling as he poses and his ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez, begins his introduction ...

RICARDO RODRIGUEZ
Damas y Caballeros ... Es mi honor de introducir a usted, un hombre de la realeza, un hombre con una inteligencia superior, es invicto y es el orgullo de México ... El es ... ALBERTO DEL RRRRIO!

Del Rio enters the ring with a cocky smirk on his face and poses with his hands held apart in the ring to show his physique off. He turns to face Ziggler and Guerrero who look a little disorientated with the voting result. He winks at Ziggler and gets a few cheers ... it seems that the WWE Universe may be set to cheer him over Ziggler in this match.

MATT STRIKER
A surprising choice, I was expecting Christian to be given the nod by the WWE Universe. However, it seems that Del Rio has got some fans out there.

JERRY LAWLER
I don’t know how that has happened! Anyone who has a personal ring announcer should automatically be voted against in my opinion!

MICHAEL COLE
That’s the beauty of Cyber Sunday, it’s completely up to the WWE Universe and they can choose whichever match they want to see!

MATT STRIKER
And you cannot argue that Del Rio does not deserve this opportunity after the start he has made on Friday Night ... At the last PPV, remember, he beat Christian via submission which is no mean feat!

DOLPH ZIGGLER (w/ Vickie Guerrero) vs. ALBERTO DEL RIO
(Intercontinental Championship Match)

The match begins with Del Rio and Ziggler circling each other and sizing each other up. With the two men never having faced each other, they lock up and head into the ropes before Ziggler breaks with a kick to the knee of Del Rio. The crowd jeer Ziggler and Del Rio looks around with a smirk before wagging his finger at the champion and winking at him again. Another lock up sees Del Rio force Ziggler into the corner where the referee calls for a break ... this time, Del Rio breaks the rules with a kick to Ziggler in the corner. The pair face up to each other as the match becomes more heated and Ziggler pushes Del Rio in the chest with force. He shouts at Del Rio and points to Vickie on the outside whilst asking ‘Do you know who I am? Do you know who my girlfriend is?’ before slapping the taste right out of the Mexican’s mouth.

With Del Rio momentarily stunned, Ziggler goes to work with flying arms thumping down onto Del Rio’s back and shoulders that takes him down to his knees. Ziggler begins to stomp on Del Rio’s lower back and leaves the challenger stretching for the ropes before he jumps high and connects with an elbow drop from high in the air. Ziggler follows this up by clotheslining Del Rio to the outside of the ring as he wobbles to his feet and celebrates by holding his hands up high to the jeers of the WWE Universe. He smirks and calls out ‘I’m the champion!’ before drawing the attention of the referee whilst Vickie gets in the face of a dazed Del Rio. With the referee distracted, Del Rio is slapped again – this time by Vickie – before Ziggler rolls out of the ring and stalks after him. Ziggler waits for Del Rio to get to his feet and as Del Rio turns to face Vickie, Ziggler jumps up behind him and hits the ‘Zig-Zag’ so that Del Rio crashes back first into the barricades. Ziggler rolls back into the ring and the referee tries to berate the champion before he begins a count-out of the champion as Guerrero applauds her man at ringside.

1 ... 2 ... 3 ... Del Rio is still writhing in pain on the floor and holding his back where Ziggler crashed him into the barricades. 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... Ziggler looks annoyed as Del Rio manages to slide his way under the rope and begins to stomp at the injured back of Del Rio. With the crowd intent on booing the champion, there are small cheers when Del Rio suddenly hits back and strikes Ziggler in the face. However, another distraction from Guerrero gives Dolph the opportunity to strike with a devastating boot to the head. Ziggler signals that it is over as Vickie laughs out loud at ringside. He stalks Del Rio again waiting for the perfect moment ... looking for a second ‘Zig-Zag’ that would end the match. As Del Rio gets to his feet, Ziggler zeroes in on his challengers and goes for the big finish ... but Del Rio grabs the top rope and causes Ziggler to crash down.

MATT STRIKER
Great counter from Alberto, there, can he take advantage here?

MICHAEL COLE
Not if Vickie Guerrero has anything to do with it!

Vickie Guerrero jumps up onto the apron but Alberto simply winks at her and the referee takes over in ushering Vickie down from the mat. As he does this, Del Rio lifts up his opponent and twists his arm round before twisting it behind his back and slamming him down to the mat. As Ziggler gets up, Del Rio strikes him with a boot to the upper shoulder that leaves Ziggler holding himself up in the corner of the ring. Del Rio rushes towards Ziggler and hits an Enziguri kick to the head of the champion that staggers him before grabbing the arm and setting up for a submission finish. With the crowd encouraging Del Rio even if not cheering him on, he twists around and lands with Ziggler locked in the Armbar in considerable anguish. Ziggler looks set to tap out when Vickie jumps into the ring this time and distracts the referee ... As she does, Ziggler taps out to the dismay of Del Rio who realises that the referee cannot see it. He releases the hold and goes over to confront Guerrero and the referee has to hold him back. Meanwhile, a wounded Ziggler is recovering behind him and is waiting to pounce again. Ziggler sets himself behind Del Rio and looks to hit a dropkick to Alberto’s back ... but Del Rio moves and the kick connects instead with Vickie Guerrero who falls from the mat into a crumpled heap. A distraught Dolph holds his head in his hands and looks down on his fallen girlfriend before turning round and being locked into the Armbar for a second time. He holds on for a short while but finally realises that his time is up ... Dolph Ziggler taps out and the referee calls for the bell! Alberto Del Rio is the new Intercontinental Champion!

WINNER: Alberto Del Rio (6:38) via submission

RICARDO RODRIGUEZ
Aquí está su ganador ... El nuevo Campeón Intercontinental ... ALBERTO DELLLL RRRRIIIOOOO!

MICHAEL COLE
There it is, the first new champion of the new WWE owner’s reign ... Alberto Del Rio wins the Intercontinental Championship from Dolph Ziggler here at Cyber Sunday!

JERRY LAWLER
I’m not a fan of Alberto Del Rio but how much fun was it to see Vickie Guerrero knocked down on her ample rear end?!

MICHAEL COLE
King, show some respect. She is the Assistant GM of SMACKDOWN!

JERRY LAWLER
I don’t care who she is, Cole, I enjoyed watching her boyfriend, Dolph Ziggler, dropkick her down off the mat! My, oh my, that was amazing!

MATT STRIKER
Congratulations to Alberto Del Rio who wins his first title here in the WWE and becomes SMACKDOWN’s new Intercontinental Champion! I have to wonder what will happen on Friday night when Dolph and Vickie have regrouped from the loss ...

Ziggler stands over his fallen girlfriend with a distraught look on his face. He keeps glancing down at Vickie Guerrero and then back up at Alberto Del Rio who is arrogantly posing in the ring with the Intercontinental Championship belt. As Ziggler holds his head, he looks around and starts to walk away despite Vickie starting to reach out to him. He ignores her calls and walks out of the arena with a determined look on his face ...

MICHAEL COLE
What an idiot, why would anybody leave Vickie Guerrero like that?

The cameras switch to Todd Grisham who is backstage and stood with the challengers for the Tag Team Championships, Evan Bourne and Mark Henry. Both men look pumped up yet confident as they flank the interviewer ...

TODD GRISHAM
Tonight, gentlemen, you get your opportunity at the Tag Team Championships and a chance for revenge on Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre.

MARK HENRY
You know, Todd, we ain’t even thinking about that. We’re just gonna’ go out there and beat up those two punks and win the championships.

EVAN BOURNE
We’re pumped tonight, Todd, we’ve got a chance to win a championship tonight. I’ve never held gold here in the WWE and I certainly plan on making sure I do tonight. Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre, you guys might think that you can get away with sneak attacks and then hiding but tonight we will make you pay.

TODD GRISHAM
There are many people speculating that the champions fear you. Does that make you feel more confident?

MARK HENRY
Hey, Todd, we know that they fear us ... and tonight, when they feel the brute force of the World’s Strongest Man and then the devastating high flying moves of Evan Bourne, they will be finished!

EVAN BOURNE
It’s time for us to fly high as the Tag Team Champions!

The camera switches back to the ring where Tony Chimel is waiting to announce the next match ...

TONY CHIMEL
The following contest is set for one fall and is for the Undisputed Tag Team Championships!

*** SMOKE AND MIRRORS ***

TONY CHIMEL
Introducing first ... from Marietta, Georgia, weighing 223 pounds, he is one half of the Tag Team Champions ... CODY RHODES!

Cody Rhodes heads out from the backstage area and pauses to check out his visage in the mirror on the stage. He fixes his hair and smirks before heading towards the ring. As he reaches the steps, his music fades out to be replaced by ...

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***

TONY CHIMEL
And his partner ... weighing 256 pounds, from Ayr, Scotland ... he is the other half of the Tag Team Champions ... DREW McINTYRE!

McIntyre coolly struts towards the ring with a look of confidence on his face. He greets his partner and they head into the ring where they stand facing the crowds with their Tag Team Championships glistening around their waists. They remove their tops and loosen their title belts as the music of their challengers begins ...

*** BORN TO WIN ***

TONY CHIMEL
And the challengers ... weighing in at a combined total of 575 pounds ... The World’s Strongest Man, MARK HENRY and EVAN BOURNE!

Evan Bourne comes bounding out first leading the slower, plodding form of Mark Henry towards the ring. Henry has a huge grin on his face and as the two of them hit the ring, the Tag Team Champions look intimidated as Henry and Bourne smile and beckon to the crowd that they are about to win the titles from them.

CODY RHODES & DREW McINTYRE vs. EVAN BOURNE & MARK HENRY
(Tag Team Championship Match)

The bell is rung and the match will start with the speed of Evan Bourne and the sinister ways of the Scotsman, Drew McIntyre. McIntyre confronts Bourne in the centre of the ring and informs him that he is ‘weak’ before throwing a punch at him looking to surprise him. However, Bourne ducks and launches an early tirade of kicks to the legs of McIntyre which leaves him scrambling for the corner and the safety of a tag to Cody Rhodes. Rhodes looks strangely at his partner before swinging his leg over the middle rope and entering the ring with a cocky look on his face. However, Bourne immediately hits him high in the chest with a perfect drop kick that sends him into the ropes and he also scrambles to the corner with a concerned look on his face. Bourne holds a hand up high to the crowd and they cheer him as McIntyre and Rhodes discuss strategy. A second tag is made and back comes Drew McIntyre who points to Mark Henry and tells Bourne that he wants him. Bourne looks to Henry who smiles and nods but as Evan turns to tag him in, McIntyre smashes Bourne in the back from behind and smirking he drags him over to his corner of the ring. An irate Henry has to be held back by the referee which allows Drew and Cody to stomp in the chest of Bourne and leave him down in the corner of the ring. Drew leaves – without a clear tag – and in comes Cody who is allowed in despite the ref missing the tag.

Cody Rhodes drags Bourne to his feet and props him up in their corner of the ring. He pounds away with forearms to the face of Bourne who tries to cover up in vain as the referee stops Rhodes. However, somewhat stupidly, Henry again enters the ring and the referee’s attention is drawn which allows more beating to his partner as Drew holds Evan in the corner by the arms whilst Rhodes kicks him savagely. A slap to the face is the ultimate insult as Cody leaves Bourne crumpled in the corner. A look of sure-fire cockiness spreads across the ‘dashing’ face of Cody Rhodes and he tags in his partner, Drew McIntyre. The Sinister Scotsman enters the ring and begins to dissect Bourne with his slow, methodical ways. He pulls back and hits a full boot into the face of Evan Bourne and covers the smaller superstar for the first pinfall attempt of the match. 1 ... 2 ... Kickout from Bourne! Drew stomps to the gut of Bourne before lifting him up for a backbreaker across the knee that leaves Bourne writhing and stretching out for a tag to his partner. Drew chuckles as he watches Bourne inching his way towards Henry but then places his foot on the small of Evan’s back and stands up on him to stop his movement. He drops down and locks in a reverse chinlock that sees Bourne looking into the eyes of his partner who is stretching out his hand for the tag. Bourne reaches out but McIntyre’s chinlock is locked in perfectly and there is no way he can make the tag right now.

With Henry clapping and the WWE Universe joining in to encourage Bourne, McIntyre begins to lift himself and his opponent to their feet. Bourne offers the WWE Universe a chink of light as he hits a couple of well placed elbows but McIntyre denies him a chance to tag with another well placed kick to the knee this time. He whips Bourne into his corner and follows up with a clothesline before tagging in Cody Rhodes again. Rhodes climbs to the top rope and waits for Bourne to stagger up before hitting a crossbody that leaves Bourne down on the mat again. Cover from Rhodes ... 1 ... 2 ... Bourne escapes again ... just! Rhodes smiles to himself as he launches kicks to his fallen opponent before hitting a well placed knee drop to the side of Bourne’s head, a painful manoeuvre when done without a knee pad. Another pin from Rhodes ... 1 ... 2 ... Bourne barely kicks out this time. Rhodes confidently lifts him to his feet and hits another drop kick to send Bourne back into the corner as the domination by the Tag Team Champions continues.

MICHAEL COLE
Complete domination here from the Tag Team Champions!

MATT STRIKER
Whoever said that they feared them? Cody and Drew are showing no sign of fear here as they completely dismantle Evan Bourne ...

Rhodes hits a Russian Leg Sweep to Bourne and tags in Drew again who menacingly stands over the challenger and stares at Mark Henry. Sensibly this time, Henry refuses to be goaded into attempting to enter the ring and rallies the WWE Universe to get behind Evan. With the claps sounding out, McIntyre looks to silence them as he lifts Bourne to his feet for a snap suplex ... he hits it and Bourne is down centre of the ring. Pinfall from Drew McIntyre ... 1 ... 2 ... Bourne lifts his shoulder at the last second. Drew looks a little frustrated and signals to Mark Henry that this time it is over. He lifts Evan’s prone body to his knees and hooks his arms to set up the Future Shock DDT ... He looks set to hit it when Bourne suddenly drives him back into the corner back first. A surprised Drew swings uncharacteristically wild and Bourne ducks before hitting a drop kick that leaves McIntyre staggering towards Rhodes. The tag is made by the champions and Rhodes comes in quickly ... and just prevents the tag from Bourne to Henry. He smirks at the World’s Strongest Man before dragging Bourne to the middle of the ring. He is clearly looking to hit the Cross Rhodes finisher now and sets up ... he holds Bourne’s head back and is about to hit the move when Bourne flips his legs up and over ... Surprised, Rhodes turns quickly and is hit by a roundhouse kick from Bourne that sends him spinning away ...

MATT STRIKER
Can Evan Bourne make the tag to his partner Mark Henry here?

MICHAEL COLE
This may be his only chance, here he goes ...

Bourne stretches his hand just as Cody Rhodes comes across ... and makes the tag to the World’s Strongest Man! The Garden comes unglued as Henry steps into the ring and swings his fist knocking down Rhodes, then McIntyre, then Rhodes again ... he scoops McIntyre up and hits the World’s Strongest Slam to the delight of the fans ... He hooks the leg of Drew McIntyre for the pinfall ... Wait a minute! The referee points out to Henry that Drew is not the legal man. He turns round whilst on his knees to locate Cody Rhodes ... BAM! Dropkick from Cody Rhodes to the head of Mark Henry and the Tag Team Champions are back in control. Cover from Rhodes ... 1 ... 2 ... Henry kicks out and sends Rhodes flying about six feet over the ring! As Henry gets to his feet, Drew again looks to lock in the Future Shock DDT ... Henry is too powerful though and breaks free before pushing Drew back to the corner. He rushes over at Drew and squashes him like a grape before dragging Cody back into the ring through the ropes. With Rhodes pleading Henry to not hit him in the face, Henry looks around with a huge grin as the WWE Universe in Madison Square Garden urge him break Rhodes’ nose. He pulls back his hand and Rhodes drops to his knees in desperation causing Henry to pause again. This is the moment ... Drew McIntyre rushes over and hits a devastating boot to the side of the big man’s head that sends him wobbling down to the mat.

The referee finally encourages Drew out of the ring and the match is back at one on one with Rhodes and Henry. Drew is stood on the mat waiting for a tag if needed whereas the fallen giant, Henry, has no tag partner with Bourne still down outside the ring after his beating earlier in the match. Cody stands behind Henry waiting for him to get back to his feet ... when he does, Cody springboards off the ropes and hits the ‘Beautiful Disaster’ kick that sends Henry down again. Cover from Cody ... 1 ... 2 ... Henry swats Cody away but without the power of the last one. Cody tags in Drew McIntyre who slowly approaches Henry ... He seems intent on hitting the Future Shock DDT and again lifts up Henry’s massive frame. He hooks the arms of the behemoth again and looks to hit the move but Henry again fights out and then runs over McIntyre with a show of power. Rhodes attempts to enter but Henry again shoulder blocks him out of the ring and he is left all alone with Drew McIntyre. He scoops the Scotsman up and hits the World’s Strongest Slam to a loud pop before turning to his corner where a groggy Evan Bourne is now back on his feet. He offers Bourne the tag and the crowd go wild as Evan tags in and climbs to the top rope. Bourne sets himself for the Shooting Star Press – Air Bourne – before leaping forwards. He backflips in the air before crashing down onto the torso of Drew McIntyre leaving the Scotsman with the wind severely knocked out of him. Bourne slowly scrambles back towards McIntyre to make the cover but, as he does, Mark Henry is viciously pulled backwards off the mat and down onto the floor onto his back by Cody Rhodes. Bourne makes the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Rhodes with the boot to the head of Bourne to break the pinfall. The referee tries to order Rhodes out of the ring but he and Evan try to square up to each other ... allowing Drew time to recover. Cody exits the ring at last but Drew is now ready ... as Bourne turns, a kick to the gut sets him up and Drew McIntyre hits another Future Shock DDT. He makes the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Drew McIntyre retains the titles for the Tag Team Champions!


WINNER: Cody Rhodes & Drew McIntyre (11:32) via pinfall

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here are your winners and still Tag Team Champions ... DREW McINTYRE and CODY RHODES!

The referee raises the hands of the Tag Team Champions who pose with their Tag Team Title belts held high in the air. An angry Mark Henry re-enters the ring and the champions quickly scarper before the World’s Strongest Man can get hold of them. They make their way up the aisle as Henry looks out for Evan Bourne whilst casting dark glances over to the Tag Champions who cockily make their way out of the arena.

MICHAEL COLE
A mighty impressive performance from Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre, gentlemen?

MATT STRIKER
I thought that Mark Henry and Evan Bourne had the match but you cannot count these two young superstars out of the match. You might not like them but they continue to impress as Tag Team Champions ...

JERRY LAWLER
It was impressive but you seem to be missing something, Cole, did you not notice the cheating ways of the champions throughout? Just like your boy, the Miz?

MICHAEL COLE
Let’s not start that again, King, HBK asked us to remain professional tonight. Comparing Rhodes and McIntyre, however impressive they were tonight, to the Miz is a bit of a joke.

The camera switches backstage again and we see an intense looking Triple H preparing for his match with Sheamus: it will be either an Ambulance match, a Chain Match or a Last Man Standing match. As he prepares, he looks up and notices someone else walking into the room. It is the new RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels, and the pair greet each other with a handshake ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
Hey man ...

TRIPLE H
Hey ... So you finally revealed yourself then?

SHAWN MICHAELS
Yeah, I did. I’m not here to talk to you as the General Manager though. I’m here to talk to you as your friend.

TRIPLE H
As my friend?

SHAWN MICHAELS
As your friend. Look, man, we go way back. I know you. I know how hot-headed you can get. But this is your first PPV match after a long time out. I’m worried that you’ve taken too much on with these stipulations ...

TRIPLE H
Whoa. Shawn, are you doubting me?

SHAWN MICHAELS
No, I’m ... well, yeah, I guess I am. Look, Hunter, Sheamus is a young buck but he is a powerhouse. You’ve seen what he can do to people. You know what he did to you. He put you out of action for 8 long months. I just want you to ... to be careful.

TRIPLE H
Shawn ... Sheamus won’t get chance to put me out of action again. I don’t care what he does, he is going to be destroyed tonight. You know ... You know what I was going to say when he attacked me on RAW don’t you?

SHAWN MICHAELS
I know ... Hunter, he’s got no morals. You know that he’ll do whatever it takes to beat you tonight ... ?

TRIPLE H
I know. But so will I, Shawn. He ruined my one chance to publically wish you well after your retirement from the ring. I owe him.

SHAWN MICHAELS
I know. I know. OK, man, you go out there and you show the world why you are the Game, the King of Kings ... but one more thing ... you know I can’t get involved don’t you?

TRIPLE H
I don’t need no help, Shawn. I know that you can’t afford to get caught up in the middle of Sheamus’ destruction now you’re the RAW GM. Hell, there isn’t a chance that ...

A strange growling noise is heard and the short frame of Hornswoggle enters the room and buffets straight into the Game and hugs his leg before turning to hug Shawn Michaels as well. Both men grin as the former DX mascot jumps around excitedly performing the DX crotch symbol ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
Ha ha, Hornswoggle, my man!

TRIPLE H
I guess the little guy believes in me tonight, Shawn. Question is ... do you?

SHAWN MICHAELS
You know I do ... I just want you to be ... careful.

Triple H smirks at HBK before slapping him on the back and leaving the locker room. Hornswoggle watches Triple H leave before jumping around HBK excitedly once more as the camera heads back to the ringside ...
​

 

[GCB]

The cameras focus on the stage area and the gorgeous Eve Torres alongside Josh Matthews ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
It is now time for the match between Triple H ...

The crowd cheer at the mention of Triple H but then turn to boos and jeers at the mention of his opponent ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
... and Sheamus.

EVE TORRES
It has been the decision of the WWE Universe about what type of match these two men will participate in. Will it be ... an Ambulance match?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Will it be a Chain match?

EVE TORRES
Or will it be a Last Man Standing match?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Let’s find out ...

EVE TORRES
Triple H and Sheamus will face each other in ...

EVE TORRES
... an Ambulance Match!

MICHAEL COLE
Wow. What a brutal match this is going to be, guys ...

JERRY LAWLER
The last time we saw an Ambulance match in the WWE was back in 2004 when Shane McMahon faced Kane ...

MATT STRIKER
And what a brutal match that was ... God knows what these two men will put each other through now ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is an Ambulance Match ... The only way to win this match is to place your opponent inside the ambulance and close the doors ...

A loud beeping noise echoes through the arena and the sight of an ambulance reversing from the side of the stage confirms the match we are about to witness. The ambulance reverses out from the right side of the stage and parks with it’s back doors open to the rampway ... Then, the music of the first participant, Sheamus, hits the Garden and the jeers and boos of the WWE Universe welcome him ...

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first, from Dublin, Ireland, weighing 272 pounds ... SHEAMUS!

Sheamus slowly walks out from the backstage area before pounding his chest and letting out a cry as he stands on the top of the stage. As he walks towards the ring in his custom t-shirt and black and green trunks, Sheamus casts an eye over to the ambulance parked beside the ramp. He peers inside the ambulance and smirks before heading towards the ring looking quietly confident. He enters the ring and the WWE Universe boo loud as he poses in the ring ... then his music fades and there is an explosion of noise as the darkness descends and the arena is bathed in a green light ...

*** THE GAME ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his opponent, from Greenwich, Connecticut, weighing 255 pounds ... THE GAME ... TRIPLE H!

The Game strides out of the backstage area and storms down the ramp without his usual entrance. He is determined to get his hands on Sheamus to punish him but Sheamus is ready for the fight as well and he leaves the ring to meet Triple H outside the ring ... The bell is rung as the pair begin to trade right hands and the brawl is on ...

SHEAMUS vs. TRIPLE H
(Ambulance Match)

The two enemies trade blows at the bottom of the ramp with both men determined to come out on top and establish an early advantage. Triple H hits a well placed knee to the stomach of Sheamus and then grabs him by his orange hair and drives him head first into the steel steps to the cheers of the WWE Universe! With Sheamus stunned, Hunter continues to go after him and whips him into the barricades before rushing at the Dubliner and hitting a clothesline that sends Sheamus over into the delirious crowd at ringside. With security men rushing to hold the crowd back, Triple H climbs over the barricades and stalks after a retreating Sheamus who seems to have lost his early bravado. Sheamus backs away but Triple H catches up with him and delivers right hand after right hand after right hand before crashing Sheamus into the wall that separates the floor with the stands around the arena in the Garden ...

MICHAEL COLE
What an amazing start to this match, Triple H looks like he means business here as he takes it to Sheamus ...

JERRY LAWLER
Sheamus is in big, big trouble, Triple H is going to take revenge for every single day that he was out of action here in the WWE!

With Sheamus clutching his back and heading up the stairs in the Garden, Hunter stalks him up the steps pounding his back with forearms as the Irishman stumbles away from Hunter. He fights his way through the crowds and the security onto the concourse where he tries to escape the Game but he cannot and Hunter drives him face first into the walls over and over. Sheamus attempts to throw a punch to halt Triple H but misses and the Game kicks him in the gut before setting up for the Pedigree. The crowd in the concourse and throughout the Garden go wild as Triple H pauses for a moment before hitting a perfect Pedigree on the concrete concourse floor that leaves Sheamus battered and bruised and destroyed, face down on the concrete ...

Triple H takes his first breath since his music started and the fight began as he looks around and then back down at Sheamus’ fallen body. Triple H kicks disrespectfully at Sheamus whilst uttering some words to the crowd nearby that suggest that the Game is nowhere near finished with Sheamus. Hunter drags the pasty Irishman back to his feet and holds him up against the wall before battering him over and over and over with right hands. Triple H is irate and intent on the complete destruction of the former WWE Champion ... as Sheamus tries to cover up and escape a little, he staggers into the Gents’ restroom where Triple H follows him still. Triple H drives Sheamus’ head into the hand driers before letting Sheamus fall to the tiled floor ... Hunter takes a moment to revel in the moment as Sheamus tries to pull himself up using Triple H for support. As Sheamus gets halfway, Hunter grabs him by the throat and clutches him tightly before running him quickly towards the sinks and flinging him head first into the mirrors above the taps. A crack appears in the mirror where Sheamus’ head hits it and blood now trickles down Sheamus’ forehead ...

JERRY LAWLER
Oh my god, Cole, that’s going to be bad luck for sure! He just cracked a mirror!

MICHAEL COLE
Bad luck for who? Will it be Sheamus or Triple H?

MATT STRIKER
I have never seen Triple H in such a rage. He’s beaten Sheamus to a pulp and they’re nowhere near the ambulance!

MICHAEL COLE
This could be a career changing match for Sheamus ...

JERRY LAWLER
And it’ll serve him right for his cowardly attack last year!

With Sheamus crawling across the tiled floor and Triple H smiling as he follows the Irish superstar, Sheamus finally gets a shot in as he unexpectantly lunges at Triple H and catches him with a low blow. Triple H sinks to his knees for a moment as Sheamus slithers out of the door and out of sight but the Game is back on his feet – wincing a little – and following seconds later. As Triple H gets out of the Gent’s Restroom, he looks around and there is no sign of Sheamus but there are numerous members of the WWE Universe pointing towards a door to his left that is still swinging as if someone just escaped through it. Hunter follows and heads through the door where there are less fans looking for his enemy. He walks with a purpose through another door and grabs a security guard and demands to know where Sheamus has gone. The guard points down the concourse and Triple H continues to follow the trail looking for Sheamus. Calling out his name, the Game bursts through several doors in pursuit of Sheamus and ends up in the WWE backstage area where there is still no sign of Sheamus.

TRIPLE H
Where are you, Sheamus? Where are you, you coward?

Hunter continues the search into the parking lot where there is another ambulance waiting and several limos as well as the WWE trucks that cart the equipment around. Triple H is not interested in these though, just the whereabouts of Sheamus, and he looks round carefully anticipating a sneak attack any moment. He is right to try and be careful because Sheamus suddenly appears out of Hunter’s view until his right boot connects and Sheamus lays the Game down with the Brogue Kick to the jeers of the WWE Universe watching in Madison Square Garden. Sheamus drags Hunter up now, the red blood drying out on his face, and slams him into the side of several vehicles as he seeks to inflict some pain on Hunter now. He scoops Triple H up and slams him onto some boxes and Triple H writhes in pain as Sheamus staggers away still feeling the effects of the beating he has already taken. Sheamus shouts out ‘Fella, now, over here!’ before beckoning off screen ... a beeping noise signals that the second ambulance is reversing towards Sheamus and Triple H and Sheamus drags Triple H towards it. When the ambulance stops, Sheamus slams Triple H head first into the side of the ambulance before opening the doors out and slamming one into his head again. Sheamus takes Triple H by the neck and leads him to the back of the ambulance ...

SHEAMUS
You should really have stayed away from me, fella ...

Sheamus throws Triple H head first into the ambulance and then lifts his feet in after him before he shuts the door and turns to celebrate. A WWE referee looks confused but no bell signals from the ringside area and the referee listens to his earpiece as Sheamus lifts his arms to be crowned the winner. However, the referee starts to tell Sheamus that he has not won the match and that he has to put Sheamus in the designated ambulance out in the arena. The crowd roar for this decision but Sheamus is irate and throws a fit about it.

MICHAEL COLE
Sheamus looks ready to explode now, he thought he had the match won there!

MATT STRIKER
That’s the first time that they’ve specified an ambulance. I think Sheamus has every right to question that decision ...

JERRY LAWLER
Give over, Matt, Sheamus and Triple H need to throw each other in the ambulance near the ring. The WWE Universe should be able to witness the end of the match live, not on a big screen!

Sheamus begins to calm down a little and regain his composure although he remains irate that he has just been denied the win. He goes to open the door but hesitates when has another moan at the referee ... suddenly, Triple H explodes out of the ambulance and resumes his beating of Sheamus instead! He wrestles Sheamus down to the concrete floor where he pounds him with right hands before dragging him up and throwing him into the closed doors of the ambulance. A stretcher slides out of the ambulance and Hunter lifts it up and hammers it down onto the exposed back of Sheamus who writhes around on the hard ground in pain. Sheamus attempts to escape but Hunter wraps a wire from the ambulance around his throat and drags him away before slamming him against a wall. Sheamus’ eyes are wide open as he looks into the eyes of Triple H, the cerebral assassin, with a look of intense fear now showing. Triple H laughs as he moves in on Sheamus again but the Irishman manages to hit a kick to the knee of Hunter that gives him some space. He manages to escape away from Hunter and climbs up the ladder on the side of the ambulance and onto the top out of reach ... Hunter though is not to be denied and he follows Sheamus up the ladder onto the top of the ambulance. As he reaches the top, his exposed head is kicked hard by Sheamus who is trying to force Triple H off the ladder and down into a ten foot fall to the ground.

Triple H doggedly hangs on but Sheamus defends himself and his position well. He keeps kicking the head and the fingers of Triple H before he decides to drag Triple H up to join him on top of the ambulance. With Hunter a little dazed from the kicks, Sheamus drops down and hits another low blow to leaves Triple H in a crumpled heap on the top of the ambulance. He drags him to his feet and then lifts him high onto his shoulders ... Sheamus is setting up the Irish Curse! Surely Sheamus is not going to drop Triple H from the top of the ambulance to the concrete floor? WWE officials stream out waving at Sheamus to stop as does RAW GM Shawn Michaels and WWE owner, Chip Butty.

CHIP BUTTY
Don’t do that, Sheamus, I will fire you instantly if you do!

Sheamus considers his actions for a moment and then looks set to ignore the threats from the owner of the company. He lifts Triple H high on his shoulders and drops Triple H down ... Irish Curse on the top of the ambulance instead! Triple H is destroyed on the roof of the ambulance but it could be a lot worse ... Sheamus drops down the ladder and stares into the eyes of HBK who it seems must avoid confronting him as he ignores him. Medics rush out and climb the ladders to attend to Hunter who is laid out on top of the ambulance and WWE officials try to usher Sheamus away from the ambulance and out of the way.

MICHAEL COLE
A hush has fallen over the arena here at Madison Square Garden ... People cannot believe what Sheamus just did and what he could have just done.

MATT STRIKER
The match is over, folks, there is now way that Triple H can continue after that.

JERRY LAWLER
I wouldn’t be so sure about that, look, he’s trying to get up ...

Triple H gets to his knees on top of the ambulance and begins to shrug off the attentions of the medics as he looks round for Sheamus. He spots him twenty yards away and tries to get to the ladder but HBK jumps up the ladder and tries to talk sense into his friend. However, there is no reasoning with Hunter and he ignores Michaels and gets down the ladder before heading towards Sheamus and scattering the officials and doctors out of the way. Triple H reaches Sheamus but misses with a right hand and Sheamus takes advantage as he levels Triple H with a clubbing blow to the back of the head ...

MICHAEL COLE
The match is over, Triple H cannot continue! Stop the damn match!

MATT STRIKER
Triple H won’t stop, Michael, he is the one that is stalking after Sheamus!

MICHAEL COLE
The match has to be stopped for Hunter’s safety. Who knows what Sheamus might do to him now? He must be suffering a concussion!

JERRY LAWLER
I don’t like agreeing with you, Cole, but I think you may be right.

Triple H is again surrounded by medics and officials as Sheamus stands back with a big smile on his face. Again, the officials try to hold Hunter back but he won’t be held and escapes and rushes – wobbling a little – after Sheamus and jumps him again. Sheamus covers up and Triple H hits a few punches and they begin to stagger down the hallowed halls of the Garden. Sheamus tries to escape as he realises that Triple H is intent on continuing and it is clear that Sheamus has decided to get out towards the ring and the ambulance to end the match. Sheamus taunts Triple H with comments like ‘Come on then, fella!’ and ‘Old timer, come on, keep up!’ and Triple H continues to stagger after the Celtic Warrior. The cameras switch back into the arena and Sheamus heads out onto the stage and positions himself out of view ... as Triple H heads out onto the stage, he cannot see Sheamus until it is too late. Bam! Brogue Kick! Triple H – who probably had a concussion – is sent crashing to the ground again on the stage where Sheamus stands over his prone, limp body with a broad smile on his face.

Sheamus poses to annoy the WWE Universe in the Garden before he drags Hunter back to his feet with the referee pleading with him to end the match now. He drags the Game to the ambulance where the doors remain open and slams him head first into one of the doors slamming it shut ... Triple H is a crumpled heap at the back of the ambulance now and it seems only a matter of time. Sheamus opens the doors wide and the dark ambulance space beckons for Triple H’s body. Sheamus lifts him by the shoulders and tries to force him into the ambulance but Triple H unbelievably begins to resist and holds onto the side of the ambulance defying Sheamus one more time. Sheamus gets frustrated and begins to pound the back of Triple H over and over again with clubbing forearms. With Triple H now seemingly beaten, Sheamus lifts him and shoves him into the ambulance with a thud. He closes one of the doors and, with a huge grin on his face, goes to close the final door. Amazingly, the door fails to close and stays an inch open as Triple H again begins to fight back out of the ambulance ... Sheamus tries to shove the door closed but Hunter manages to force it open and eventually it opens wide into the face of Sheamus who is knocked back. Triple H staggers out of the ambulance so the match continues ... he casts a slightly confused look back into the ambulance before he stalks after Sheamus with a look of intent on his face. He grabs Sheamus’ legs and delivers a crushing boot to the ‘lower abdomen’ that leaves Sheamus writhing allover the floor. With a laugh, Triple H staggers off towards the ring as the crowd chant ‘This is Awesome!’ ...

MICHAEL COLE
What is it going to take for one of these men to win this match?

JERRY LAWLER
I’m not sure that anything is going to be able to stop Triple H, ahhhh, sledgehammer!

Triple H has reached underneath the ring and has pulled out his trusty sledgehammer and the WWE Universe goes wild as they now realise that Triple H is ready to finish Sheamus and punish him for all the time he has missed. Sheamus backs away as Hunter approaches him but he reaches the ring and has nowhere left to go ... Sheamus is sat with his back against the ring and is pleading with Triple H to show mercy ... but there is no chance of that from the Game! He stands over Sheamus with the sledgehammer in hand daring Sheamus to get to his feet. Sheamus witters away and tries to kick out at the Game but he is wise to that and avoids it. Sheamus slowly lifts himself up, his eyes firmly on the sledgehammer before trying to get into the ring ... the first time the ring has been used in the match! However, he never makes it to the ring as Triple H hits him in the side with the hammer and Sheamus feels the intense pain that only Triple H with a sledge hammer can cause. As Sheamus staggers round, Triple H sets himself and then uses the hammer to hit Sheamus in the head and sends the Celtic Warrior down to the ground and out cold ...

Triple H takes in the adulation of the crowd and looks down at Sheamus at his feet – as if he is bowing down to the King of Kings. Triple H tosses the hammer aside and lifts Sheamus up one more time ... Pedigree! Probably unnecessary but Triple H puts the cherry on the cake with a Pedigree to finish Sheamus once and for all. Revenge is going to be Triple H’s as he drags a lifeless Sheamus towards the ambulance to deafening cheers from the Garden crowd. The Game opens the doors of the ambulance and lifts Sheamus’ head and upper torso into the ambulance ... followed by his legs ... Hunter’s energy levels are low and he walks round to close one door ... He goes to close the second door to win the match ... WHACK!

Suddenly, out of nowhere, a hand clutching a steel pipe has smashed Triple H in the skull as Sheamus did to the Game back the night after WrestleMania ... Who was it? Who just levelled the Game? Sheamus is still lying face down on the ambulance floor although he is showing signs of movement. There doesn’t appear to be anyone else in the ambulance and there is no sign of a steel pipe. Who just smashed Triple H in the head? Sheamus fights out of the ambulance and sits down stunned on the ramp ... He looks back into the ambulance and blinks several times at the sight of the Game on his back on the ramp ... He summons all the last reserves of strength that he has left and lifts Triple H up and into the ambulance. With one last shove, he manages to get Triple H into the ambulance and closes one door ... then the second! Sheamus has beaten Triple H!

WINNER: Sheamus (26:32)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... SHEAMUS!

The crowd boo Sheamus as he falls back onto the ramp with one hand in the air in celebration holding his head and wiping the still trickling blood from his face ... The crowd are majorly upset at the interference that they saw but the questions remain about what happened to Triple H as he was about to close the door and win the match ...

MICHAEL COLE
What a courageous effort from the Celtic Warrior, Sheamus!

JERRY LAWLER
That may be the case, Cole, but he didn’t win the match fairly. Triple H had him beat and somebody smashed Triple H in the head with a steel pipe. We saw it, it wasn’t the hand of Sheamus, that is certain ... Who was it?

MICHAEL COLE
Wait a minute, the ambulance is leaving. Whoever it was must still be in the ambulance with Triple H ...

The ambulance driver is slowly driving the ambulance out of the arena when he is suddenly disturbed from behind and the brake lights are on ... the driver door opens and out of the ambulance jumps ... HORNSWOGGLE! Hornswoggle jumps out of the ambulance and rushes back to the ramp where he kneels beside Sheamus with a look of pleasure on his face ... it’s a look we haven’t seen on Hornswoggle for a while, an evil and sinister smile and he looks down into his hands ... there he is holding a steel pipe confirming the fact that it was him that smashed Hunter in the head ... As Sheamus battles up, he takes Hornswoggle with him and the little Irishman helps the Celtic Warrior out of the arena.

MICHAEL COLE
King, I don’t believe it ... Hornswoggle!

JERRY LAWLER
Hornswoggle did this? I thought he was the DX mascot?

MATT STRIKER
The little Irish man comes to the aid of the big Irish man ... But why has he turned against Triple H?

MICHAEL COLE
Hornswoggle with the shocking blow to the head of the Game and Sheamus has picked up a huge victory!

JERRY LAWLER
Tomorrow night on RAW is going to be unbearable with him going on about this win ...

MICHAEL COLE
That being said, tomorrow night on RAW will be the first official night of the HBK era as Shawn Michaels takes over as GM of RAW without the laptop!

The cameras switch to the backstage area where Todd Grisham is stood with the RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels. The crowd pop as they see HBK on the big screens and he smiles a wide smile as the ‘HBK!’ chants flood the Garden ... Eventually, when the crowd calm down a little, Grisham can begin the interview ...

TODD GRISHAM
Ladies and Gentlemen, I’m here with the RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels ... Shawn, you revealed yourself tonight but why did it take so long?

SHAWN MICHAELS
Todd, I was enjoying my time off from all the travel and the day to day business of wrestling. I wanted some time off after my retirement so when Vince McMahon offered me the General Manager role ... I couldn’t refuse it but I accepted it on my terms. We agreed that I could control RAW via emails and then – quite aptly as it goes – would return at Cyber Sunday ...

TODD GRISHAM
There have been many critics of this approach, Shawn ... most notably, the Rated R Superstar ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
Edge, Edge, Edge. There have been many critics over the years of the way Edge conducts himself so I’m not going to lose sleep over his comments. But I’m here now, I’m back ... and Edge – and Jericho if he ever comes back – can expect a rough ride whilever I’m in town!

TODD GRISHAM
I believe that you have a few announcements you wish to make?

SHAWN MICHAELS
That’s true, Todd ... Over the past few months, I’ve needed a mouthpiece. Someone to read my emails out to the WWE Universe. I hear you booing, you know who I mean ... Michael Cole. Recently, Michael Cole and Jerry Lawler have been having a few ... ‘issues’ ... and I am here to sort them out. It is clear to me that neither of these men can work with each other ...

The camera flicks back to Cole and Lawler who are listening intently to the words of HBK ... Cole looks a little worried about what might be coming next ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
... in which case, we’d better have them working apart hadn’t we?

The crowd cheer as they wait for HBK’s next suggestion ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
So, seeing as it is Cyber Sunday ... I’d better give the fans what they want! Therefore, later tonight, it will be Michael Cole against Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler in a match ...

The crowd explode at that idea and the camera shows a beaming Lawler and an irate Cole at the announce table ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
... and the winner will get to stay here on RAW but the loser will ... have to make alternative arrangements!

More cheers from the WWE Universe and Michael Cole looks worried and indignant at the table. Lawler is trying hard not to smile too much but it is clear that he is delighted with the chance to break his partnership with Michael Cole! HBK is shown again with a smile on his face when into the shot comes the SMACKDOWN General Manager, Teddy Long, and the pair shake hands and greet each other pleasantly ...

TEDDY LONG
Holla, playa, great to see you here. The new RAW General Manager hey?

SHAWN MICHAELS
That’s right, Teddy ... and I remember that I said I’d be here to see you tonight as well?

TEDDY LONG
You did, playa. I think you said you had a proposition for me?

SHAWN MICHAELS
That’s right ... In four weeks, it’ll be the Survivor Series, Teddy, so I’m here to lay down a challenge to you. Five RAW guys, five SMACKDOWN guys, a SMACKDOWN vs. RAW elimination match ... and the winning brand gets to take any member of the losing brand’s roster! What ya say, Teddy?

TEDDY LONG
Oh, you want to raise the stakes do you, playa? I’m happy with that ... I’ve got a few ideas already about who I’d like to take from your show! SMACKDOWN could make good use of people like John Cena and Randy Orton ...

SHAWN MICHAELS
If your boys can beat my boys, Teddy, then you can take whoever you want ... I’ll see you at Survivor Series!

The two General Manager’s shake hands and separate as the PPV heads into a commercial for WrestleMania 27 ...

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, Chicago, Illinois, weighing 222 pounds ... C.M. PUNK!

Punk heads down to the ring – kneeling at the top of the ramp – with a concerned look in his eye. He gets into the ring and rolls his hands around as he awaits his opponent ...

JERRY LAWLER
You’d better take a good look at this match, Cole, it’s a SMACKDOWN match ... it might be the only option you have in a little while!

MICHAEL COLE
King, you gotta’ do something. You can’t seriously want to break our partnership ... can you?

King smiles a knowing smile and Cole wipes a bead of sweat off his head as he turns to face the ring again ...

*** MASSACRE ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his opponent ... weighin 292 pounds ... LUKE GALLOWS!

MICHAEL COLE
This is ridiculous, King, I’m the voice of RAW, there is no way HBK can do this!

JERRY LAWLER
Hey, Cole, the General Manager has spoken. I’m just following his orders ... And I quote ... “Therefore, later tonight, it will be ...”

MICHAEL COLE
Oh, give it a rest, King, I’ve been reading out his emails for the past six months, I deserve better than this ...

The camera focuses on Josh Matthews and Eve Torres on the stage again ... they are ready to announce the result of the WWE Universe’s voting regarding the referee in this match ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, it is time to discover if you, the WWE Universe, have decided to appoint the Big Show as Special Referee for this match?

EVE TORRES
So it is CM Punk against Luke Gallows ...

EVE TORRES
... with Big Show as the referee!

CM Punk holds his head in his hands as the music of the Special Referee for the match rings outs around the arena ... The crowd seem pleased with the outcome ...

*** CRANK IT UP ***

Big Show heads out wearing a black and white striped shirt and smiling and waving at the crowd as he heads to the ring. Once he gets there, he looks at CM Punk with a grin on his face and Punk looks worried as he faces the giant ...

CM PUNK vs. LUKE GALLOWS
(SPECIAL REFEREE: BIG SHOW)

The match starts with Punk arguing with the Big Show about whether or not he is going to be impartial or not tonight ... Show laughs at Punk and then forces his face straight and signals that he is going to count three correctly. Punk looks at him with distrust and then turns to face Gallows who smashes him in the face with an uppercut that sends Punk reeling back. Gallows stalks Punk and clubs him over and over on the back as Punk tries to escape ... Gallows looks pumped up after the grief that he has received from Punk in the past months as a member of the SES. Punk runs at Gallows to try and catch him off guard but Gallows lifts him up onto his back and delivers a Samoan Drop that squashes Punk to the mat. He goes for the pin, will Big Show count it fairly? 1 ... 2 ... Punk kicks out. Big Show counted it fairly – for now – and Gallows goes back to work on Punk. He props Punk up against the buckles in the corner and fires rights and lefts into his stomach but Big Show does his job and breaks this move as Punk is in the ropes ... Gallows looks a little perturbed by this but accepts the decision. As Punk tries to attack with a cheap shot, Gallows ducks and Punk hits the ropes before he is lifted up and dropped backwards face first by the bald headed former SES member.

With Punk struggling, Gallows advances towards him menacingly whilst Punk holds his hands up to try and put him off. He falls back into the corner as Gallows moves towards him and then grabs him with two hands by the throat and lifts him up and throws him down to the mat. Punk looks to escape under the rope but he is grabbed and dragged back into the ring where a short length clothesline crumples him up and down once again. Gallows hooks the leg and goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... CM Punk lifts his foot onto the bottom rope! Fair play to Big Show, he calls it and points it out to Gallows. Again, Punk tries to escape under the bottom rope but Gallows catches him again too ... Punk counters by hanging Gallows up on the top rope before leaping up to the top rope and delivering a clothesline to the surprised Gallows. Punk grabs Gallows in a inverted headlock hold as he attempts to wear down the larger opponent and Big Show again looks for a submission from Gallows as he continues to call it down the line. Gallows, though, battles out and forces a break before dropping an elbow down onto the chest of Punk that leaves the Second City Saint gasping for air. Another pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Punk. Both men get to their feet but Punk is a little quicker and he hits a dropkick that sends Gallows crashing down and gives him some breathing space for a moment ...

MATT STRIKER
Big Show continuing to call this one fair and square, guys. You’re a little quiet at the moment, Michael, you’re not worried about losing your job on RAW are you?

Jerry Lawler laughs at Striker’s comment as the match in the ring moves on. Punk hits a second drop kick and goes for a cover himself whilst he stares into the eyes of Show. For a moment, Show’s eyes flicker with opportunity but then he counts the fall again ... 1 ... 2 ... Gallows powers out! With Gallows on his knees, Punk looks to wear him down again with kicks to the arms and clubbing blows to the back but Gallows refuses to stay down and fights back with punches to Punk’s stomach. Punk hits two kicks to the side of Gallow’s head and then drags a him to his feet before lifting him towards his shoulders ... Could we see the GTS? No, Gallows breaks clear and then hits a kick to the head of Punk that derails him. Gallows senses a chance and delivers a clothesline followed by a series of right hands that keep crashing Punk down to the mat ... He whips Punk into the corner and clotheslines him into the corner before another big boot to take Punk down and the crowd get behind him as Big Show smiles. Gallows is building the momentum and he hits the ropes before delivering a running splash to Punk ... 1 ... 2 ... Oooh! Punk just gets his shoulder out! Big Show looks to be encouraging Gallows now and Gallows waits as Punk gets to his feet in the corner. He charges over but Punk avoids the contact and then hits a chopblock to take Gallows down before he delivers several kicks that leave Luke struggling on the mat.

Punk’s focus turns to the referee now and he complains about the encouragement being shown to Gallows. Big Show holds his hands up and shows he has been fair and impartial whilst Punk moves back to Gallows looking suspicious ... He eyes the Big Show as he lifts Gallows up onto his shoulders ... It’s time for the Go To Sleep and Punk hits it perfectly. He drops to his knees and covers his former protégé ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Big Show counts the pinfall and then Punk quickly rolls away to the corner as the winner.

WINNER: CM Punk (8:49) via pinfall

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner ... CM PUNK!

MATT STRIKER
Big Show calls the match fair and square and completely down the line.

MICHAEL COLE
An impressive victory for CM Punk there but he’s got to be wondering about Big Show’s motives for not cheating him out of the match there?

JERRY LAWLER
Not everybody is a lowlife, Cole, Big Show did the job that the WWE Universe gave him ... oh, wait a minute!

With his back turned for a moment, Big Show stalks up behind CM Punk with his fist clenched. Punk is taunting the crowd and Luke Gallows and is oblivious to the presence of the Big Show right behind him until he sees the smile on Gallows’ face ... Punk slowly turns round and faces Big Show for a second before ... BAM! Big Show punches CM Punk right in the jaw and knocks him cold in the middle of the ring. Show’s music begins and he leaves the ring with Luke Gallows with Punk lifeless in the ring ...

MICHAEL COLE
That was uncalled for ... Who’s in charge round here? Maybe the General Managers should be spending less time organising matches between commentators and more time stopping Big Show carrying around like he is doing ...

Lawler again chuckles at the desperate tint to Cole’s claims before we head to the backstage area where Todd Grisham is waiting with a special guest ...
​

 

[GCB]

TODD GRISHAM
Ladies and Gentlemen, my guest at this time ... KOFI KINGSTON!

As usual, Kofi is beaming and looking like he is enjoying life in the WWE despite not having a match tonight ...

TODD GRISHAM
Tonight, Kofi, the World Heavyweight Title is on the line as Kane and the Undertaker meet. In your opinion, who do you see walking out of Cyber Sunday as the World Champion?

KOFI KINGSTON
Todd, I’ve faced both these men in the last few weeks and I can honestly say that it could not be a tougher call to make. I replaced the Undertaker in the match at No Mercy so I know how tough an opponent Kane can be. However, I think I had him beat that night until the lights and urns and everything ... I also believe that on another night, with a little bit more luck, I could have beat the Undertaker on SMACKDOWN in the Number 1 contender match. I’m going to predict, though, that the Undertaker will win tonight because of the three types of match that he has selected for the WWE Universe to vote on.

TODD GRISHAM
So you’re going with the Undertaker to win and take the title?

KOFI KINGSTON
I am and you know what? When the Undertaker or Kane wins tonight, I want to be the first man to get a shot at the title ... I think I deserve an opportunity – at the Survivor Series or on SMACKDOWN – to challenge for the World Championship. I am ready! Boom! Boom! Boom!

The crowd react well to Kingston as he fades away and the ring is back in shot. The cameras focus on the announce table and we see that Matt Striker is now stood alone without Jerry Lawler and Michael Cole ...

MATT STRIKER
Well, my broadcast colleagues have left me all alone now, both of them have gone to prepare for their match later tonight. Michael Cole against Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler and the loser will leave RAW ... I guess I’ll be seeing Michael Cole on Friday nights from now on!

*** NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***

TONY CHIMEL
This match is set for one fall and it is for the WWE Divas Championship. Introducing first, from Miami, Florida, she is the Divas Champion ... LAYLA!

Layla heads to the ring looking stunning as ever with the Divas Championship belt around her waist to confirm her as the sole Divas Champion now after Chip Butty ordered the end of the co-champions, Laycool, weeks ago. She gets into the ring and poses on the ropes for the WWE Universe to see before turning to the stage to await news of her opponent ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
So, Layla is in the ring, but who will be her opponent tonight? Will it be Kelly Kelly? ... Melina? ... Or Michelle McCool?

Layla shakes her head frantically at the suggestion of Michelle McCool despite the cheers of the WWE Universe indicating that it is their preferred option. Attention turns towards Eve Torres ...

EVE TORRES
Well, let’s find out how the WWE Universe have voted ...

EVE TORRES
... Hahahaha! It’s Michelle McCool!

*** NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***

TONY CHIMEL
Her opponent ... from Palatka, Florida ... MICHELLE McCOOL!

Michelle McCool heads to the ring with a look of determination on her face. She gets into the ring – dressed in her wrestling gear – and walks over to her best friend, Layla, who is smiling. The pair of them hug and Layla shakes her finger to the referee that there will be no need for him ... However, Michelle stops and starts talking to Layla. Layla’s smile vanishes as Michelle tries to convince her of something and she starts to argue with her friend about it. It is clear that Michelle is intending to challenge for the Divas Championship even though she told Layla she wouldn’t ... The bell rings and Michelle retreats to her corner and gets ready for the match. Layla stands dumbstruck in the opposite corner with the referee demanding the title belt from her.

LAYLA vs. MICHELLE McCOOL
(Divas Championship)

Layla hesitantly hands her Divas Championship over to the referee and then heads over to Michelle to resume their earlier discussion. She attempts to hug Michelle but she holds Layla away and talks to her about the Divas Championship. The referee joins the discussion and tries to encourage the pair to start the match but it seems as if Layla is refusing to defend her title against her best friend ... Michelle tries to reason with her but Layla continues to refuse and starts to walk over to her corner to get the belt and leave. Michelle McCool and the referee begin to talk with McCool looking annoyed that she will not get a chance to challenge for her friend’s title ... The referee tries to explain to Michelle about what might happen ... when suddenly, Layla sneaks up behind Michelle and pulls her down onto her shoulders in a quick schoolboy pin. The referee counts as a surprised Michelle is pinned ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Layla has defended her Divas Championship!

WINNER: Layla (1:05) via pinfall

TONY CHIMEL
Here is your winner and still Divas Champion ... LAYLA!

Layla quickly leaves the ring and demands her title belt back from the timekeeper before quickly scurrying round the ring and up the aisle. She looks back to the ring where an angry looking Michelle McCool is stood with her arms outstretched asking what Layla is doing. Layla lifts the Divas Championship high and just looks back into the eyes of her Laycool partner ...

MATT STRIKER
I guess that Layla decided that if Michelle could be sneaky and lie about not wanting to challenge for the title, then she could be sneaky too and snatch a quick win!

The cameras show Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler backstage fixing his strap over his shoulder and polishing his crown as he prepares to face his commentary partner, Michael Cole, in the next match. With a huge smile on his face, Lawler leaves the room and heads out to make his way to the ring. The camera now focuses on Michael Cole who is suited up still and is not prepared in the slightest. He is storming up the corridors and looking for somebody ... eventually he finds the door marked RAW GENERAL MANAGER and he tries to barge in ... but the door is locked. With no answer, he heads further up the corridor and walks into a locker room where he finds his buddy, the Miz, and his apprentice, Alex Riley ...

MICHAEL COLE
Miz, A-Ri, thank goodness that I’ve found you!

ALEX RILEY
What’s up, Michael? You look a little flustered!

MICHAEL COLE
Guys, I need your help! Have you heard about the match HBK has put me in?

ALEX RILEY
Yeah, man, that is a tough call. Good luck with that!

MICHAEL COLE
I was ... err, hoping that ... you could ... help me?

Miz and Riley look at each other uncomfortably and Cole realises that they might not be interested in helping out tonight ...

THE MIZ
You see, Michael Cole, I’m off now and A-Ri needs to come with me. I’ve got a party to go to tonight and I need A-Ri to ... to carry my briefcase for me.

MICHAEL COLE
But I thought ... you said ... Aren’t you waiting to see if you could cash in the Money in the Bank contract tonight?

THE MIZ
I was thinking about it, Michael, but I’ve decided against it. I’ve got plenty of time to cash in ...

MICHAEL COLE
So what about me then?

THE MIZ
I’m sure you’ll be fine, Michael, you can take Jerry Lawler out ... Good luck ...

Miz leaves the locker room whilst Michael Cole turns pleadingly to Alex Riley instead. He smiles, shrugs his shoulders and picks up the briefcase from the side ... and follows the Miz out of the door leaving Michael Cole stood with an exasperated look on his face ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and the loser will leave the Monday Night Raw commentary team!

*** THE GREAT GATE OF KIEV ***

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Introducing first, from Memphis, Tennessee ... JERRY ‘THE KING’ LAWLER!

MATT STRIKER
Well, here comes the King ... he looks very confident about this match!

Jerry Lawler heads to the ring with his crown in his hands and he enters the ring with a wave to the WWE Universe at ringside. He is met by a loud ‘Jerry! Jerry!’ chant and he grins whilst he takes off his robe and hands it to the referee for the match ... He then turns to look at the titantron and wait for his opponent, his partner ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, from Amenia, New York ... he is the self proclaimed ‘Voice of the WWE’ ... MICHAEL COLE!

*** TEXAS FIGHT ***

The crowd jeer as the college music of Cole’s hometown in Texas is played to accompany his arrival. For at least 20 seconds, there is no sign of Cole but then he slowly makes his way out onto the stage area. He has taken his jacket and tie off but looks very wary of heading into the ring. He is carrying a microphone and he stops at the top of the ramp to speak ...

MICHAEL COLE
Can I have your attention please?

The crowd boo the hell out of Cole as he signals for them to shut up and let him speak to Lawler in the ring. He waits for the crowd to quieten a little before continuing ...

MICHAEL COLE
Jerry ... Jerry ... We don’t need to do this! HBK is just trying to drive a wedge between us ... Look, King, we’re a great team ... We are the voices of the WWE ...

More boos from the WWE Universe in the Garden as Cole tries to suck up to Lawler but the King just shakes his head at Cole with a smile on his face ...

MICHAEL COLE
King ... please ... We don’t need to fight. Let’s just shake hands and get on with doing what we do best. I understand now ... The Miz doesn’t care about me. I’ve taken it too far ... King, I’m sorry! I’m sorry, I’m sorry! We don’t need to have this match!

Another loud ‘Jerry!’ chant goes up as Lawler laughs from the ring at Cole’s feeble attempts at making up ...

MICHAEL COLE
King ... I’ll tell you what then. You can stay on RAW, I’ll go to SMACKDOWN instead. You can have the RAW commentary table, I don’t need it ... We don’t need the match, I’ve already ...

Cole is interrupted as his former nemesis, Daniel Bryan, sneaks up behind him and grabs him ... Bryan drags Cole down the ramp struggling and throws him under the bottom rope. Cole turns to face Bryan and yells at him but then the referee rings the bell and Cole slowly turns round to face Lawler instead ...

JERRY ‘THE KING’ LAWLER vs. MICHAEL COLE
(Loser leaves Monday Night Raw!)

Cole holds his hands up as King approaches him with a look of glee on his face. Cole’s worst fears are realised as King suddenly erupts with a volley of right hands that forces Cole back into the corner, over and over and over Lawler hits his partner hard before getting up and leaving Cole a crumpled mess in the corner of the ring. The WWE Universe cheer loudly and Lawler milks the moment for a while whilst Cole rolls round in anguish. Another ‘Jerry!’ chant starts and this inspires Lawler to go after Cole again and stomp kicks into the stomach of the ‘Voice of the WWE’ ...

MATT STRIKER
This is fabulous, this is ... VINTAGE Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler!

Lawler again allows Cole time to rest and to get his strength back as he waits in the opposite corner of the ring. As Cole struggles to his feet, holding the ropes to support himself, he turns his head to Lawler and pleads for mercy. Lawler refuses and advances towards him – suddenly, Cole decides to try a different approach and he launches a right hand of his own to Lawler that catches the King by surprise. Cole follows this up with a kick to the side and then a push to the side of King’s head ... however, Lawler then lifts his head up and now looks annoyed. He slowly eases the strap down and looks straight at Cole who knows the deal now. King again uses his fists to take Cole down and then delivers an elbow drop to leave him down on the mat. Lawler goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... NO! Jerry Lawler lifts Cole up before the 3 count to the delight of the fans ...

As another ‘Jerry!’ chant echoes around the Garden, Lawler lifts Cole to his feet. Groggily, Cole looks up and King hits him square in the jaw before heading for the corner. He lifts himself onto the middle rope and holds up his fist before diving towards Cole and hitting him from high. He then lifts Cole to his feet and sets up for the Piledriver ... he pulls back and connects perfectly with it leaving Cole finished for sure ... Lawler makes the cover ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Lawler keeps his job on RAW!

WINNER: Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler (4:29) via pinfall

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner ... JERRY ‘THE KING’ LAWLER!

Medical staff rush down to tend to Michael Cole who is flat on his back whilst Lawler – as if he’s just had a short stroll – heads back to the announce table to join Matt Striker. Cole is helped out of the arena on a stretcher whilst King has a drink of water and the Garden fans sing ‘Goodbye!’ to Michael Cole who has now lost his job on Monday Night Raw! As Cole’s stretcher reaches the top of the ramp, more music hits ...

*** BOOMER SOONER ***

The crowd in the Garden go wild as the familiar figure of Jim Ross appears on the stage with his cowboy hat on his head. He waves to the WWE Universe before pausing at the stretcher with the prone figure of Michael Cole on it ... he doffs his hat to Michael Cole with a huge slice of irony before walking down the ramp towards the ring. He walks around the ring where he meets with the King who gives him a huge hug before shaking hands with Matt Striker and sitting down besides them.

JIM ROSS
You looking for a new partner, King?

JERRY LAWLER
Why, do you know someone?! Welcome back JR!

JIM ROSS
Great job there, King, that showed Michael Cole exactly who was the ‘Voice of the WWE’ didn’t it?

MATT STRIKER
What an honour it is to have you back here, JR, you’re just in time for two huge championship matches as well!

JIM ROSS
That’s very kind of you, Matt, great to be back here! I’m really looking forward to these two matches and, first of all, we’ve got the WWE Championship on the line!

JERRY LAWLER
Will the WWE Universe allow John Cena to challenge for the WWE Championship with Wade Barrett or not?

A video package is played showing the build up to tonight’s potential Triple Threat match over the last few weeks since No Mercy when Wade Barrett defeated John Cena and earned the shot at Randy Orton ... Afterwards, the cameras return to the ring ...

*** VOICES ***

With the WWE Championship over his shoulder, the champions heads out first looking sure of himself and confident of victory. He climbs into the ring and poses in the corner with the WWE Title as the Garden goes wild for the popular champion as he prepares to defend it against Wade Barrett ... but will John Cena be getting a title match as well?

*** WE ARE ONE ***

Surprisingly, Wade Barrett is not accompanied by his Nexus team-mates for once and he cockily heads towards the ring for the biggest opportunity of his career so far. He gets into the ring and stands across the ring from Orton admiring the WWE gold draped over the Viper’s shoulder with a look of longing in his eyes.

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***

Cena comes bounding out dressed in his purple shirt and saluting the crowd in his usual way. With the younger members of the WWE Universe cheering him, the noise is deafening as Cena makes his way into the ring prepared for battle. He throws his hat and shirt into the crowd and then salutes them before turning to admire the championship belt over the shoulder of Randy Orton. Attention now turns to the pair of Josh Matthews and Eve Torres yet again ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
The WWE Universe have been voting all night long and now we’ve got the penultimate set of results of the night. Will you vote for John Cena to be in the WWE Championship match tonight? Or not?

EVE TORRES
The answer is ...

EVE TORRES
... Err, no. Sorry, John ...

Cena looks up at the titantron in amazement as the Cenation in the Garden boo the result. 68% of those who voted have decided that Cena should not be in the title match tonight. Cena looks upset whilst Wade Barrett looks overjoyed by the decision and applauds the WWE Universe ... As Cena wanders around the ring, he stops and looks into the eyes of the WWE Champion Randy Orton. Orton tilts his head to stare at Cena who says something that makes Orton narrow his eyes for a moment.

JERRY LAWLER
I can’t believe it, JR, no John Cena in the match? I thought he was certain to be voted in!

JIM ROSS
I guess nobody can predict the actions of the WWE Universe, King, they obviously don’t want Cena in the match at all!

Cena looks upset as he starts to climb out of the ring ... as he does so, Barrett rushes from out of his view and hits him with a forearm to the back of the head which sends Cena flying down to the ground and into the barricade. An irate Cena turns around groggily to confront Barrett but he is already back in the ring and laughing ... as Cena looks to re-enter the ring, the other members of Nexus pour out from the back and drag Cena back down and back up the ramp. Cena puts up a brave fight as they slowly make their way out of the arena ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is set for one fall and it is for ... the WWE Championship! Introducing first, the challenger, from Manchester, England, weighing 260 pounds ... WADE BARRETT!

Barrett turns to Orton and holds his hand up high before pointing to the Nexus armband on his bicep out. Orton’s face remains unmoved as he continues to stare out over the ring ignoring the other issues around him and completely focused ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
His opponent, from St. Louis, Missouri, weighing 245 pounds ... he is the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

Orton slowly raises the WWE Title up high and then looks up at the title and back down at Barrett ... he smiles a vindictive smile and then hands the WWE Title to the referee as he prepares to take on the challenge of Barrett.

JIM ROSS
I have to tell you, gentlemen, I’ve been watching NXT and RAW over the past few months, this young man, Wade Barrett, is the real deal in my opinion. He is a legitimate danger, with or without his Nexus friends, to the WWE Title reign of Randy Orton ...

MATT STRIKER
No doubt about it, Randy Orton needs to bring his best here tonight if he is to retain the WWE Championship ...

RANDY ORTON vs. WADE BARRETT
(WWE Championship)

Orton and Barrett circle each other in the middle of the ring as the bell sounds to kick off the match for the WWE Championship. The two come close on a couple of occasions with Orton threatening to strike an RKO immediately and Barrett wisely backing off ... Eventually, Barrett moves in and the pair lock up and grapple towards the ropes with Barrett pushing Orton into the corner. He launches several right hands but Orton manages to escape and again threatens the RKO without actually delivering it ... He manages a slight smile as he looks at the worried look on the face of Barrett but is then caught unaware by Barrett as he connects with a right hand this time and takes control. Several uppercuts are followed by a whip to the corner but as Barrett moves in, Orton explodes out of the corner with a clothesline. As Barrett gets up, Orton hits a second clothesline and then a third while the WWE Universe cheer their approval and an ‘RKO!’ chant echoes through the garden.

With Barrett down, Orton locks in a leg scissors hold and clamps his long legs around the waist of his challenger. Barrett strains and pulls to release himself but Orton is too strong and Barrett instead looks to make his way over to the nearest rope. He gets there with a lunge and the referee forces Orton to break the leg scissors ... Orton takes a step back and waits as Barrett gets to his feet and turns round ... RKO? Barrett drops to his knees and rolls out of the ring in fright as Orton eyes him with a knowing look ... Orton so close to the RKO again there. He follows Barrett out of the ring and shoulder charges him into the barricades back first so that Barrett has the air forced out of him as he connects. Orton then rolls Barrett back under the rope into the ring. First pinfall of the match ... 1 ... 2 ... Barrett with the kick out! Orton gets to his feet and waits, Barrett swings at him wildly but misses and finds himself dragged into an inverted backbreaker across the back of his opponent. With Barrett down and wincing in pain, Orton begins to stomp at the exposed limbs of the challenger as he targets the elbows, wrists, shoulders, ankles and knees of Barrett with increasing venom. With each kick, the Garden fans cheer and Barrett yells out in pain as Orton teaches the young pretender a lesson about WWE Championship matches ...

JIM ROSS
Wade Barrett is being taught a lesson here by the Viper, Randy Orton, King, Barrett needs to get some distance between them doesn’t he?

JERRY LAWLER
He does, JR, Barrett can’t just let Orton have his way with him ...

MATT STRIKER
Randy Orton needs to hit the RKO now while he is in control of this match though!

Orton drops to his knees and starts pounding the mat as he prepares once again to hit the RKO to Barrett to end the match as soon as possible. However, Barrett again manages to avoid the RKO by pushing Orton away at the last moment and then dropping under the ropes and sitting on the edge of the ring to recover. Big mistake! Orton drags him head first through the ropes and pounds at Barrett’s head for a moment before setting up for a DDT in the ropes. With Barrett hung up on the middle rope by his feet, Orton pauses to let the anticipation build before falling down and drilling Barrett’s head into the mat ... The crowd go wild as Orton slithers back to his feet and again he sets himself up for the RKO ... Will he be able to hit the RKO this time? No ... Barrett again pushes Orton away into the ropes and as Orton bounces back towards him, Barrett lifts him up and delivers a spinebuster to give him some time to recover from the beating he has taken so far!

Now Barrett has taken control and he looks to punish Orton for the early stages of the match as he sets his sight on winning the WWE Championship. He throws Orton into the ropes again and hits a spinning side slam that allows him to hook a leg immediately and make the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... Orton escapes! More uppercuts follow from Barrett as he forces Orton back into the corner of the ring before reeling back for a big knockout punch. Orton sees it coming and ducks out of the way but Barrett rounds quickly and hits a boot to the head to stop Orton from building any momentum. With Orton down, Barrett beams at the Madison Square Garden crowd and holds his hands out before gesturing to the Nexus armband on his upper arm which guarantees the boos and jeers that rain down on him. Barrett lifts himself up to the middle rope and dives off and hits a perfect elbow drop before hooking the leg once more ... 1 ... 2 ... Orton kicks out. Barrett drags Orton up and positions his head between his knees as he stands ready to deliver a big move. He lifts Orton up high for a powerbomb – will Orton fight out of it? No! Boom! Powerbomb from Randy Orton ... will this be it? 1 ... 2 ... Orton just kicks out to save his WWE Championship! A frustrated looking Barrett gets on with the job though and whips Orton into the corner again before smashing him over and over with forearm smashes in the corner to the dismay of the fans in the Garden. Barrett signals to the crowd that he is going to be the WWE Champion as he makes the symbol of the belt across his waist ... However, Orton suddenly hits a kick to his knee and attempts a fightback. Both men launch fierce right hands to each other with the crowd cheering for Orton’s and booing Barrett’s ... It doesn’t help Orton though as Barrett again resorts to a big boot to floor Orton once more and regain control.

Barrett stands over the body of Orton and smirks as he drags him up and lifts him up onto his shoulders. The crowd begin to rise to their feet as Barrett looks to get Orton into position for his finishing manoeuvre, the Wastelands ...

MATT STRIKER
Wade has beaten Orton twice already using this move!

JIM ROSS
We could be about to see a new WWE Champion here!

Barrett looks around with a smile on his face as he prepares to drop Orton down to the canvas with Wastelands ... However, Orton suddenly wriggles clear and drops down the back of Wade Barrett who looks shocked. As Barrett turns round, Orton leaps back up ... RKO! Randy Orton hits Wade Barrett with a devastating RKO! Both men are down on the mat; can Orton make the cover? Slowly, Orton inches his way over to Barrett and manages to hook the leg ... 1 ... 2 ... NO! Barrett manages to kick out and the time that it took Orton to capitalise on the RKO has cost him the 3 count and the victory there. With Orton still down, Barrett rolls himself out of the ring and drops down to the floor outside out of reach and safe from a pinfall. As Orton gets to his feet, he looks around for Barrett but he cannot see him and he takes a while to look round for the challenger. As he looks over the right ropes, Barrett grabs his feet and drags him down to the mat with a crash and then out under the bottom rope. Barrett slams Orton into the barricades before hitting forearm smashes again that leave Orton wobbling on his feet. Barrett rushes at the WWE’s APEX Predator but he is caught with a drop toe hold and Barrett’s upper body lands on the unforgiving steel steps to the delight of the Orton fans around the ring.

Orton stalks after a wounded Barrett and follows him round to the announce table where Matt Striker, Jerry Lawler and Jim Ross are sat. He lifts Barrett up and drop him down onto the edge of the announce table; as Barrett comes back up clutching his chest, Orton hits a vicious clothesline that sends Barrett crashing to the floor. Orton looks for an RKO on the outside this time but Barrett again fights out of it and, with his last ounce of strength for now, he manages to push Orton directly into the steel ring post where Orton’s head hits the post and both men collapse to the floor. The referee begins his count now ... 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... 5 ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... Barrett is up first and he rolls Orton into the ring to break the countout to ensure he has a chance of winning the title. Barrett follows in and the referee admonishes him as he drags Orton straight back out of the ring for further punishment. Barrett whips Orton into the announce table and he hits the small of his back on the hard table that leaves Orton slowly falling to his knees in anguish. The referee exits the ring and now demands that Barrett returns to the ring which he does ... The count is on, will Orton get back into the ring?

JERRY LAWLER
If he has any sense, Orton should stay where he is and retain the title. However, I don’t think that Orton will take that route out of this match!

JIM ROSS
You know it, King, Orton won’t take the easy way out. He’s a 7 time WWE Champion for a reason and it isn’t because he’s a quitter!

JERRY LAWLER
But will he be able to make it back into the ring? The referee is already at 5!

Orton is showing signs of life and is starting to move on his knees towards the ring with an anxious looking Wade Barrett threatening to go out and get him if he needs to. The referee, whilst holding Barrett back at times, continues to count ... ... 6 ... 7 ... 8 ... 9 ... As Barrett makes to go out and get Orton, he makes a last second lunge and climbs back into the ring just in time. Barrett breathes a sigh of relief and then goes towards Orton to regain his control ... he drags Orton up but Orton looks to surprise Barrett with a quick RKO ... Barrett sees it coming and holds onto the ropes so that Orton crashes down to the mat and has failed with the RKO for about the fifth time already tonight. Barrett lifts Orton up, looking for Wastelands again, up onto his shoulders ... and this time he hits it perfectly on Orton, crashing him down to the mat from the top of his six foot frame. Orton is down, his title reign is surely over now ... Barrett goes for the pin ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! NO! Orton kicks out, just! Barrett cannot believe what has just happened and he kicks the ropes in frustration before arguing the decision with the referee. He thought that he had the match won there!

As Barrett turns his focus back to Orton, he has left too long for the champion to get himself back on track and a brawl develops between them. The referee tries to split the warring pair up and then gets hit by accident by Orton he swings for Wade Barrett. With the referee down and clutching at his chest where he was hit, Orton manages to hit the Olympic Slam to the delight of the fans in the arena. He drops down and pounds the mat as he prepares, as he stalks, as he waits for Barrett to get to his feet ... RKO! Orton with the RKO! Makes the cover ... Where is the referee? The crowd urge the referee to get up and go and make the three count as Orton covers the challenger. Eventually, Orton releases the pin and moves over to the official who he tries to encourage back to his feet ... However, the referee is down hurt and is not getting up yet. Orton looks over to Barrett who is beginning to move on the mat and a look passes over his face ... the crowd realise what Orton is thinking and they go wild as the WWE Champions backs himself into the corner where he is watching Barrett getting to his knees ... Orton rocks in the corner, ready to explode ... He watches and waits for Barrett to be in perfect position for the punt to the skull. However, the cavalry are arriving as Nexus race down the aisle to the aid of their leader: Skip Sheffield, Justin Gabriel, David Otunga and Heath Slater. They slide into the ring and head straight towards Orton who throws the punches to take down the first two, Slater and Otunga, but then he is worked over by Sheffield and Gabriel with the other two joining in as the beatdown begins.

Wade Barrett realises what is happening and he wisely goes and pushes the referee out of the ring so that Nexus can continue their assault. With Orton down on the mat, Barrett orders Gabriel to climb the ropes as the other members of Nexus back away. Gabriel does as his leader tells him and climbs the ropes with the crowd buzzing in anticipation of seeing one of the most deadly finishing moves in the WWE. Gabriel composes himself and then hurls himself over and hits the 450 splash on Orton leaving him as easy prey for Wade Barrett who will now surely become the WWE Champion. The crowd begin to roar though as John Cena now comes hurtling out of the backstage area towards the ring and he jumps into the ring to brawl with Nexus. He sends Slater, Otunga and a wounded Gabriel out of the ring quickly whilst Barrett escapes from the ring in the knowledge that if the referee disqualifies somebody then he won’t win the title. Cena lifts Sheffield to his shoulders and hits the Attitude Adjustment to the cheers of the WWE Universe but Cena looks round at them with a look of hurt on his face. It is clear that Cena is still upset about not being a part of this match and he looks round at each side of the Garden with a pained expression on his face ... Orton gets to his feet now that he has had time to recover and Cena seems to make up his mind about something. He lifts Orton to his shoulders and hits an Attitude Adjustment to the WWE Champion before rolling out of the ring and storming up the ramp and out of sight ... The WWE Universe look puzzled and confused as Cena leaves and then they notice that the referee is climbing back into the ring.

JERRY LAWLER
What was John Cena thinking there?

MATT STRIKER
King, he’s clearly upset that he wasn’t a part of this match. Cena wants to be the WWE Champion and he has been denied that chance tonight.

JIM ROSS
That may be so but he has achieved nothing with what he just did to Orton. Here comes Wade Barrett ...

Barrett rolls into the ring and covers the WWE Champion again as the referee gets himself sorted. Will this be the end of Randy Orton’s reign as the WWE Champion? 1 ... 2 ... Orton barely kicks out! The WWE Universe go wild as Orton kicks out to the astonishment of Wade Barrett! He looks amazed but he drags Orton back to his feet and lifts him up for a second Wastelands of the match ... Barrett has Orton on his shoulders but again Orton wriggles out of it and hits a devastating RKO! The Garden roar their approval as Orton collapses over Barrett to make the pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Randy Orton retains the WWE Championship!

WINNER: Randy Orton (18:49) via pinfall

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner and still WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

As the crowd go wild, replays of the main points of the match are shown. The cameras switch back to Randy Orton who is holding the WWE Championship up as the referee raise his hand in victory ...

JIM ROSS
Against all the odds, Randy Orton has survived tonight and has retained the WWE Championship! What a match!

JERRY LAWLER
Nexus, Cena, the injured referee, none of them could deny Randy Orton from retaining the gold, what a win for the Viper!

MATT STRIKER
But what about the actions of John Cena? I would not like to be in his shoes on RAW tomorrow night when Orton gets to him!

JIM ROSS
That may be true, Matt, I guess that you and I, King, will have to find out tomorrow night on RAW? With no Michael Cole?

JERRY LAWLER
I guess we will, JR, no Michael Cole! Fired from RAW!

JIM ROSS
Up next, it’s our final match of the evening as the World Heavyweight Champion, Kane, defends against his brother, the Undertaker ...
​

 

[GCB]

A video package is shown that tells the story of how Kane and the Undertaker ended up here tonight. Starting with Kane’s search for the person who left his brother in a vegetative state, Kane’s Money in the Bank win and World Championship victory, the match at Night of Champions where Kane retained and the return of the Undertaker since then. The cameras focus back on the stage where Josh Matthews and Eve Torres are waiting ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
Ladies and Gentlemen, you have voted in your thousands this evening and influenced many matches tonight here at Cyber Sunday.

EVE TORRES
It is now time to find out how you have voted in the final match of the evening.

JOSH MATTHEWS
Kane and the Undertaker are to meet for the World Heavyweight Championship ... but what type of match will it be?

EVE TORRES
Will it be a Buried Alive match?

JOSH MATTHEWS
Will it be a Casket match?

EVE TORRES
Or will it be a Hell in a Cell match?

The cameras focus on the ominous cell hanging above the ring that will be lowered should it be needed tonight ...

JOSH MATTHEWS
Let’s find out then Eve ...

EVE TORRES
OK, Josh. Kane and the Undertaker, which match will it be?

EVE TORRES
Casket Match!

The WWE Universe cheer the decision of a Casket match to determine the World Heavyweight Championship; a match that the Undertaker introduced to the WWE and a match that many people say is his speciality. The lights in the arena flicker out and the cheers of the crowd go up one notch as the gong tolls ...

*** GRAVEYARD SYMPHONY ***

Accompanied by black covered druids, the Undertaker slowly makes his way towards the ring pushing a large wooden casket that will be used in this match. As they approach the ring, the druids position the casket beside the ring and the Undertaker makes his way into the ring where he slowly removes his coat and hat before the cheering crowd.

*** MAN ON FIRE ***

The arena is bathed in red light as Kane makes his way towards the ring with the World Heavyweight Championship wrapped around his waist and a determined look of no fear in his eyes as he rolls into the ring and stands toe to toe with the Undertaker ... the tension is thick as the two behemoths stands face to face; Kane hands the title to the referee but keeps his focus on the Undertaker. Both men continue to stare into each other’s eyes as the lights come back on and the music fades ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
This match is a Casket match and is for the World Heavyweight Championship. To win this match, you must stuff your opponent inside the casket and close the lid. Introducing first, the challenger, from Death Valley, weighing 299 pounds ... THE UNDERTAKER!

There is no change in the expression of the Undertaker as he continues to stare, unblinking, into the eyes of his brother, Kane ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS
And his opponent, weighing 323 pounds ... he is the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

KANE vs. THE UNDERTAKER
(Casket Match: World Heavyweight Championship)

The staredown between the two continues as the bell rings and the Casket match is underway. Kane begins to laugh in the face of the Undertaker but he is stopped short when Taker crosses his hand across his throat and stares with a renewed venom in his eyes. Kane blinks first and swings at the Undertaker who reacts quickly to block and then takes it out on Kane with heavy, right hands raining down on World Champion that sends him stumbling through the ropes backwards where he lands on top of the casket. Kane jumps up quickly and off the casket which belies Kane’s lack of fear shown so far.

Undertaker stalks Kane outside the ring now and catches up to him where he delivers choke thrusts to his brother. Kane tries to respond by driving the Undertaker’s head into the steel steps but it has little effect and Undertaker lifts his head back up immediately and resumes his evil stare to his brother. Kane backs away with Undertaker following him and the pair end up brawling around the ring. Kane is rammed head first into the steel ring post and the steps and he heads into the ring to try and escape from the Undertaker. In the ring, Kane tries to get back in the match with a series of kicks to the Undertaker as he follows him in, but Taker reverses the momentum with fast fists to the stomach and takes Kane down once more. Taker stands and waits for Kane to get to his feet before hitting a big boot to the side of Kane’s face that leaves Kane sat in the corner of the ring with a glazed look in his eyes. Undertaker drags Kane up by the arm and twists it round before backing into the corner and climbing the ropes for ‘Old School’ as the crowd rise to their feet. With Taker backing his way up the ropes, Kane’s arm is twisted round several times and the Deadman begins to walk the top rope showing incredible balance as he does ... however, Kane cuts him off and kicks out at the feet of Taker and he splits the ropes with a leg either side in a move that makes all the males in the arena wince too. Kane recovers for a moment and then runs into the opposite ropes before cannoning a large boot into the head of Taker that sends him off the mat and down to the floor below.

Kane has taken control of the match now and he has a manic smile on his face as he approaches the Undertaker on the floor outside. The World Champion waits for his brother to get to his feet and then grabs him around the throat ... the crowd urge Taker to battle out but there is no chance of Kane letting this one go. He lifts up Taker and choke slams him hard onto the announce table which crumples on impact and Taker slams through it to the ground with the crowd in shock. Kane leaps back and laughs out loud at the sight of his brother and the challenger for his title demolished in the rubble of the announce table and seemingly beaten ... With Taker completely knocked for a loop, Kane drags him up and around the ring with ease yelling to the referees to open the casket lid. Kane rams Taker hard into the side of the casket so that he is bent over the end and then lifts him further inside with just the legs hanging over the edge. It looks as if Kane has Taker where he wants him but suddenly Taker gets to his feet in the casket and begins to fight back with choke thrusts to the delight of the WWE Universe and then manages to escape the casket when he hits Kane with a headbutt. The referees close the casket up and Undertaker stalks after Kane in the aisle before beating him over and over with right hands up against the metal barricades in the aisle way. Kane does a good job of covering up though and responds with right hands of his own as these two beasts slug it out ...

Kane gets the advantage again when he grabs Taker and rams him face first into the ramp when both men are on their knees. Looking round, Kane is calculating his next move carefully and he walks down the ramp and begins to move the casket. He rolls it towards the ramp and it becomes clear that he intends to use it as a weapon here. He lines it up with Undertaker who is starting to stagger to his feet again and waits for him to turn round ... when he does, Kane rolls the casket into him with force and Undertaker is run over by the casket and falls over it to the ground. Kane grabs him by the hair and drags him to the top of the ramp where he powerslams him on the metal stage before heading back for the casket. Once again, he wheels it towards Taker and waits for him to get to his feet before ramming it as hard as he can into the body of Undertaker. With the crowd jeering and showing their displeasure, Kane smiles manically and signals that he has got Taker beaten ... when suddenly, Taker sits up in a way that only Taker can! He stares at Kane who frantically tries to get to the casket again but this time he cannot connect with Taker as he misses and rams into the lighting boards at the top of the ramp instead. Undertaker mounts his comeback as he hits several choke thrusts and then grabs Kane by the throat for a chokeslam on the stage ... however, Kane escapes and begins to back away towards the ring with Taker stalking him again.

Kane rolls into the ring and tries to take advantage as Taker enters the ring. However, Taker is now on a roll and he manages to hit a chokeslam of his own that leaves Kane laid flat on his back on the floor. Taker now twists Kane’s arm and hits the old school move that he tried earlier on before locking in the Hell’s Gate submission move. Kane desperately tries to escape but he cannot and Taker wrenches the hold in to leave Kane fading further and further. Kane does something you don’t often see as he taps out ... but Taker cannot win the match via submission or the World Championship and he keeps the hold locked on ... When he releases it, he signals that the end is near to the delight of the fans and waits for Kane to get up. As Kane staggers to his feet, Undertaker lifts him upside down ready for the Tombstone Piledriver ... he has Kane set and looks round at the crowds before dropping the champion on his head ... Boom! Kane is out cold and Undertaker has the match won ... but then the WWE Universe realise where the casket is. It is still at the top of the ramp and Undertaker will need to retrieve it if he is to stuff Kane inside it ... Taker goes to fetch the casket and he wheels it down the ramp and positions it back at the side of the ring before re-entering the ring to find Kane still flat on his back. Undertaker goes to roll Kane over ... but Kane is playing possum and he grabs Undertaker by the throat now himself ... Another choke slam from Kane and he has the Undertaker in trouble again.

Kane grabs Taker by the hair and drags him up and sets him up for the Tombstone now instead with the WWE Universe urging Taker to break free. However, Kane manages to lift Taker up and the crowd scream and yell at the Deadman to escape ... Boom! Another tombstone and this time Kane has the Undertaker down with the casket in position. Kane yells at the referees to lift the lid and he slowly rolls Taker towards the casket ... he manages to get Taker’s lifeless figure to the ropes where he uses his feet to push Taker closer and closer to the edge ... Eventually, Undertaker drops down into the casket ... Kane almost has the match won now. The WWE Universe make a real din as they try to waken the Undertaker from his slumber to rescue the match. Kane slowly makes his way out of the ring with a smile on his face and goes to close the lid .. he lets it drop from a couple of feet and celebrates ... but he doesn’t realise that one stray hand has kept the casket open by about an inch. Kane is talking smack to the WWE Universe at ringside who realise that Kane has not won the match yet ... they eagerly point this face out to Kane who demands to know why the referee has not rung the bell. They point out Taker’s hand and Kane throws a fit as he sees the challenger’s fingers moving. He lifts the lid in a rage and is met by the standing figure of Undertaker who is not beaten yet!

Undertaker grabs Kane by the throat and stares intensely into his eyes as he drags Kane closer to the casket. Kane shakes his head and grabs Undertaker by the throat as well and the two men try to choke the life out of each other to gain the upper hand. Undertaker pulls Kane further and further over the edge of the casket until Kane loses his balance and topples into the casket at Undertaker’s feet. With both men in the casket now, the tension is high as both men look to secure the World Title. Kane quickly gets to his feet and a slugfest begins in the casket as both men deliver big time right hands to each other that stagger their opponent ... Kane begins to get the upper hand and tries to use the ropes to lift himself out of the casket but Taker drags him back down and both me remain wobbling in the casket. A clash of heads sees both men drop to their knees and they continue to slug it out in the depths of the casket with Kane getting the upper hand ...

All of a sudden, there is a commotion in the aisle as the WWE Universe cheer the arrival of somebody whilst the cameras focus on the battle inside the casket. Suddenly, the lid of the casket begins to close with both men still in the casket. The WWE Universe is shouting – some cheering, some jeering – and as the casket closes, we see Kofi Kingston with a determined look on his face. He closes the lid and locks the bolts quickly with the sound of banging and thumping still inside the casket. Kofi leaps up on top of the casket and signals his ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ salute to the Universe who give him a mixed reception for interfering in the main event ...

Confusion sets on the faces of the two referees as the thrashing continues in the casket. Kofi slinks away from the casket and back up the ramp where he came from and the referees continue to discuss what they should do. As they do, Teddy Long heads out to ringside and issues the referees with orders to open the casket and continue the match. The referees immediately fiddle with the locks and open the casket ... as it opens, the maniacal face of Kane appears first and he stands up stomping down on the Undertaker who is down on the base of the casket. Kane jumps out and quickly grabs the lid from the referee and slams it shut before sliding the locks closed ... Kane has won the Casket Match here and retains the World Heavyweight Championship!

WINNER: KANE (16:29)

JUSTIN ROBERTS
Here is your winner and still the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

A stunned WWE Universe watch in dismay as the Big Red Monster staggers up the ramp clutching his World Championship belt and breathing heavily as he has just dodged a bullet ... with, it seems, help from Kofi Kingston!

JIM ROSS
I don’t know what Kofi Kingston was thinking about there but he seems to have handed the victory to Kane tonight!

JERRY LAWLER
Do you think he intended to do that?

MATT STRIKER
Guys, a few weeks ago at No Mercy, the arrival of the Undertaker and his urn, remember? Is this Kofi’s way of reminding the Undertaker that he owed him one?

JIM ROSS
That’s a great point, Matt, was this Kofi Kingston’s revenge for the Undertaker costing him the title back at No Mercy?

JERRY LAWLER
If it was, Kofi may have just made one of the biggest – and stupidest – decisions of his life!

JIM ROSS
Either way, folks, it has been an amazing night here in the WWE where you, the WWE Universe, were in control ... And where Kane managed to retain the World Heavyweight Championship! So long from the Garden ...

The PPV ends with the image of Kane in eerie red light at the top of the ramp with the World Title held up ...

***** END OF SHOW *****
​

 

[GCB]

QUICK RESULTS
(CYBER SUNDAY: MADISON SQUARE GARDEN, NEW YORK)​

Spoiler

• The Miz defeated Daniel Bryan to retain his ‘Money in the Bank’ contract.
• Chris Jericho failed to show up for the ‘Retirement’ Triple Threat match.
• Edge beat John Morrison to avoid being retired.
• Edge called out the General Manager who revealed himself to be Shawn Michaels.
• Matt Hardy vignette aired to reveal his comeback in 2 weeks on SMACKDOWN.
• Alberto Del Rio made Dolph Ziggler tap out to win the Intercontinental Championship.
• Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre retained their Tag Team Championships with a victory over Evan Bourne and Mark Henry.
• Sheamus defeated Triple H in an Ambulance Match with help from Hornswoggle.
• HBK announced that Jerry Lawler and Michael Cole would have a match tonight.
• Teddy Long accepted HBK’s idea of a Survivor Series match with the winning brand able to take any superstar from the other’s roster.
• Big Show was the referee as CM Punk defeated Luke Gallows but then knocked out Punk after the match.
• Layla retained the Divas Championship with a quick pin over her friend, Michelle McCool.
• Jerry Lawler defeated Michael Cole to fire him from RAW and brought out Jim Ross to replace him.
• John Cena was voted out of the WWE Championship match by the WWE Universe.
• Randy Orton managed to defeat Wade Barrett to retain the WWE Title.
• The World Championship match was voted to be a Casket Match by the WWE Universe.
• Kofi Kingston interfered in the Casket Match and this allowed Kane to steal a victory over the Undertaker to retain the World Title.